WO2023157485A1 - User equipment (ue) - Google Patents

User equipment (ue) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023157485A1
WO2023157485A1 PCT/JP2022/048106 JP2022048106W WO2023157485A1 WO 2023157485 A1 WO2023157485 A1 WO 2023157485A1 JP 2022048106 W JP2022048106 W JP 2022048106W WO 2023157485 A1 WO2023157485 A1 WO 2023157485A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network
registration
procedure
message
vplmn
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/048106
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
周一郎 千葉
靖夫 菅原
陽子 久下
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2023157485A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023157485A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • H04W48/12Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery using downlink control channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18Selecting a network or a communication service

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to UE (User Equipment).
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • URSP UE Route Selection Policy
  • URSP rules provided as one of the policy information used when the UE connects to the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network, are conventionally supported only for URSP rules associated with HPLMN. Ta.
  • URSP rules associated with HPLMN are conventionally supported only for URSP rules associated with HPLMN.
  • Ta On the other hand, in the study of 5G UE policy expansion, further support for URSP rules associated with VPLMN is being studied. The details of procedures and methods for handling the storage or management of personal information are not clear.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the circumstances as described above. , and the information and procedures sent and received between the UE and the network that are required to implement these.
  • a UE (User Equipment) is a UE (User Equipment) that includes a transmitting/receiving unit, a storage unit, and a control unit.
  • URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules of 1 are URSP rules associated with HPLMN (Home Public Land Mobile Network), and the transmitting/receiving unit, in the procedure for receiving the URSP rules started during the registration procedure , receives second URSP rules, said second URSP rules being URSP rules associated with a VPLMN (Visited Public Land Mobile Network), said control unit storing said first URSP rules in said storage unit The second URSP rules are stored without deleting the rules.
  • a UE that has registered and connected to a VPLMN, which is a roaming destination network is associated with HPLMN as URSP rules provided as one of UE policy information in the destination network. It is possible to provide a method for selecting either the URSP rules or the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram explaining an outline of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS);
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a detailed configuration of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS); It is a figure explaining the apparatus structure of UE.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram explaining the configuration of an access network device (gNB) in 5GS;
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of core network devices (AMF/SMF/UPF/PCF) in 5GS; It is a figure explaining a registration procedure.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram explaining a UE policy delivery procedure;
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1. As shown in FIG.
  • a mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network)_A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (Data Network)_A6. It is stated that
  • Fig. 2 shows devices and functions such as UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc.
  • the interfaces that connect these devices/functions together are described.
  • these devices/functions are described as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5G AN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, N3IWF, etc. , symbols may be omitted.
  • the EPS Evolved Packet System
  • 4G system includes access network_A and core network_A, but may also include UE and/or PDN.
  • 5GS 5G System
  • 5G System which is a 5G system, includes UE, access network_B, and core network_B, and may further include DN.
  • a UE is a device capable of connecting to network services via a 3GPP access (also called a 3GPP access network, 3GPP AN) and/or a non-3GPP access (also called a non-3GPP access network, non-3GPP AN).
  • the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device connectable to both EPS and 5GS.
  • a UE may comprise a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that the UE may be expressed as a user equipment, or may be expressed as a terminal equipment.
  • access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or wireless LAN access network.
  • E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • eNBs evolved Node Bs
  • eNB45 may be described by abbreviate
  • each eNB is connected to each other, for example, by an X2 interface.
  • one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
  • access network_B corresponds to a 5G access network (5G AN).
  • 5G AN consists of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and/or non-3GPP access network.
  • NG-RAN NG Radio Access Network
  • gNBs NR NodeBs
  • gNB NR NodeBs
  • the gNB 122 may be described by omitting the symbol, such as eNB.
  • gNB is a node that provides NR (New Radio) user plane and control plane to UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via NG interface (including N2 interface or N3 interface).
  • the gNB is a base station apparatus newly designed for 5GS, and has functions different from those of the base station apparatus (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. Also, if there are multiple gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other, for example, by an Xn interface.
  • the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP access network or a trusted non-3GPP access network.
  • the untrusted non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management within the access network, such as public wireless LAN.
  • a trusted non-3GPP access network may be a 3GPP-specified access network and may comprise a trusted non-3GPP access point (TNAP) and a trusted non-3GPP Gateway function (TNGF).
  • TNAP trusted non-3GPP access point
  • TNGF trusted non-3GPP Gateway function
  • E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access.
  • Wireless LAN access networks and non-3GPP ANs are sometimes referred to as non-3GPP access.
  • the nodes arranged in access network_B may also be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
  • access network_A and/or access network_B and/or devices included in access network_A and/or devices included in access network_B are access networks or access network devices sometimes referred to as
  • Core Network_A supports EPC (Evolved Packet Core).
  • EPC includes MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway)-U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. placed.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PGW-C Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • Core Network_B supports 5GCN (5G Core Network).
  • 5GCN for example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management), etc. are arranged.
  • 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
  • core network_A and/or core network_B, devices included in core network_A, and/or devices included in core network_B are the core network, or the core network device or the core network It may be called an internal device.
  • the core network (core network_A and/or core network_B) is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a network operator; ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), and other core networks for virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
  • Mobile Mobile It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a network operator; ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), and other core networks for virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
  • the core network (core network_A and/or core network_B) and the access network (access network_A and/or access network_B) may be different for each mobile communication carrier.
  • the PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides communication services to the UE.
  • the DN may be configured as a packet data service network, or may be configured for each service.
  • the PDN may include connected communication terminals. Therefore, connecting to a PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or a server device located in the PDN.
  • transmitting/receiving user data to/from the PDN may be transmitting/receiving user data to/from a communication terminal or a server apparatus arranged in the PDN.
  • PDN may be expressed as DN
  • DN may be expressed as PDN.
  • access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and/or one or more devices included therein are referred to as network or network device is sometimes called. That is, the fact that the network and/or network devices send/receive messages and/or perform procedures means that Access Network_A, Core Network_A, PDN, Access Network_B, Core Network_B, DN It means that at least some and/or one or more devices included therein send and receive messages and/or perform procedures.
  • the UE can connect to the access network. Also, the UE can connect to the core network via the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can transmit/receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When sending and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is sent and received using IP packets.
  • An IP packet consists of an IP header and a payload.
  • the payload part may include data transmitted and received by devices/functions included in EPS and devices/functions included in 5GS.
  • Non-IP communication is data communication that does not use IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of IP packets.
  • non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or may be data communication realized by attaching another header such as a MAC header or Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header to the UE.
  • User data to be transmitted and received may be transmitted and received.
  • devices not shown in FIG. 2 may be configured in access network_A, core network_A, access network_B, core network_B, PDN_A, and DN_A.
  • Core Network_A and/or Core Network_B and/or PDN_A and/or DN_A include an AUSF (Authentication Server Function) or an AAA (Authentication, authorization, and accounting) server (AAA-S). good too.
  • AAA servers may be located outside the core network.
  • AUSF is a core network device that has an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives a request for authentication for 3GPP access and/or non-3GPP access from the UE and performs an authentication procedure.
  • the AAA server is a device with authentication and authorization and billing functions that connects directly with AUSF or indirectly via other network devices.
  • the AAA server may be a network device within the core network.
  • the AAA server may not be included in CoreNetwork_A and/or CoreNetwork_B, but may be included in PLMN or SNPN. That is, the AAA server may be a core network device or a device outside the core network.
  • the AAA server may be a server device within the PLMN or SNPN managed by the 3rd Party.
  • each device/function is described one by one for the sake of simplification of the drawing, but the mobile communication system 1 may be configured with a plurality of similar devices/functions.
  • the mobile communication system 1 includes a plurality of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and/or UDM150.
  • Such devices and functions may be configured.
  • each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. may be Also, at least part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
  • each storage unit in each device and function that appears below is, for example, a semiconductor memory, SSD (Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive) ), etc.
  • each storage unit stores not only information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices/functions other than the own device/function (for example, UE, and/or access network device, and/or core network device, and/or or PDN and/or DN), and can store various types of information sent and received.
  • each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, etc. included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures to be described later. Also, each storage unit may store these pieces of information for each UE.
  • each storage unit can store control messages and user data sent and received between devices and functions included in 5GS and/or EPS. can. At this time, not only data sent and received via the N26 interface but also data sent and received without the N26 interface can be stored.
  • the UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission/reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340.
  • the control unit_A300, transmission/reception unit_A320, and storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus.
  • Transceiver_A 320 is connected to antenna 310 .
  • the control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE.
  • the control unit _A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit _A340 as necessary.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can transmit/receive user data and/or control information to/from an access network device and/or a core network device and/or a PDN and/or a DN using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320. can.
  • the base station device eNB or gNB
  • the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (eNB) in E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transceiver _A320. Also, the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (gNB) within the 5G AN by using the transceiver _A320. Also, the UE can transmit and receive AMF and NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages via the N1 interface by using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320. However, since the N1 interface is a logical one, in practice the communication between the UE and the AMF will take place over the 5G AN.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UE.
  • the gNB is composed of a control unit_B400, an antenna 410, a network connection unit_B420, a transmission/reception unit_B430, and a storage unit_B440.
  • the control unit_B400, network connection unit_B420, transmission/reception unit_B430, and storage unit_B440 are connected via a bus.
  • Transceiver_B 430 is connected to antenna 410 .
  • the control unit_B400 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire gNB.
  • the control unit_B400 realizes various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B440 as necessary.
  • Network connection part_B420 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and/or UPF. That is, the gNB can transmit and receive user data and/or control information to/from AMF and/or UPF using Network Connection Unit_B420.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_B430 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 410. That is, the gNB can transmit/receive user data and/or control information to/from the UE using the transmitting/receiving unit_B430.
  • the gNB located in the 5G AN can communicate with the AMF through the N2 interface by using the Network Connection Part_B420, and the UPF through the N3 interface. can communicate with Also, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transceiver_B430.
  • the storage unit_B440 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the gNB.
  • the AMF is composed of a control unit_B500, a network connection unit_B520, and a storage unit_B540.
  • the control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
  • AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • the network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for AMF to connect with the base station equipment (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM, and/or SCEF. That is, AMF uses the network connection unit _B520 to use the user Data and/or control information can be sent and received.
  • the network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
  • AMF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB through N2 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with UDM through N8 interface. It can communicate with SMF via the N11 interface and with PCF via the N15 interface. Also, the AMF can transmit and receive NAS messages with the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A520. However, since the N1 interface is a logical one, in practice the communication between the UE and the AMF will take place over the 5G AN. Also, when the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A520.
  • the storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of AMF.
  • the AMF has functions to exchange control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, functions to exchange NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, encryption and integrity protection functions for NAS messages, and registration management.
  • RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF.
  • RM states include a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state).
  • RM-DEREGISTERED state the UE is not registered with the network, so the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location and routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE.
  • the UE is registered with the network so that the UE can receive services that require registration with the network.
  • the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state.
  • the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state
  • the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
  • 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state in which each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established. Note that if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A 10 may start sending and receiving user data and control messages, and may respond to paging. Furthermore, it should be noted that if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A 10 may perform registration procedures other than those for initial registration and/or service request procedures.
  • 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not grasped by the network, or a state where the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in a state of being disabled. Note that if each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A 10 may initiate a registration procedure or establish a 5GMM context by performing the registration procedure.
  • connection management manages the CM state for each UE.
  • CM states may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF.
  • CM states include a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state).
  • CM-IDLE state the UE is in RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with AMF over the N1 interface.
  • N2 connection N2 connection
  • N3 connection connection of the N3 interface
  • the CM-CONNECTED state it has a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-CONNECTED state the UE may have a connection on the N2 interface (N2 connection) and/or a connection on the N3 interface (N3 connection).
  • CM states in 3GPP access may include a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access.
  • CM states for non-3GPP access are the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) for non-3GPP access and the connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) for non-3GPP access. ).
  • the non-connected state may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • the CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode.
  • the disconnected state may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode
  • the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode.
  • the disconnected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access
  • the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access. CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access).
  • the non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access
  • the connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as non-3GPP access.
  • the 5GMM non-connected mode may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the 5GMM connected mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • one or more AMFs may be placed in core network_B.
  • the AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances).
  • the AMF may also be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among multiple NSIs.
  • CCNF Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)
  • N3IWF is a device and/or function placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
  • the SMF is composed of a control unit_B500, a network connection unit_B520, and a storage unit_B540.
  • the control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
  • the SMF may be a node handling the control plane.
  • the control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF.
  • the control unit_B500 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
  • the network connection part_B520 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and/or UPF and/or PCF and/or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and/or control information to/from AMF and/or UPF and/or PCF and/or UDM using Network Connection Unit_B520.
  • the network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
  • SMF in 5GCN can communicate with AMF through N11 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with UPF through N4 interface. Through the N7 interface, it can communicate with the PCF, and through the N10 interface, it can communicate with the UDM.
  • the storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
  • the SMF has session management functions such as establishment, modification, and release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation for UEs and their management functions, UPF selection and control functions, appropriate destinations (destination ), a function to send and receive the SM part of NAS messages, a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via the N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide AN-specific (for each AN) SM information sent to the network, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, etc.
  • session management functions such as establishment, modification, and release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation for UEs and their management functions, UPF selection and control functions, appropriate destinations (destination ), a function to send and receive the SM part of NAS messages, a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via the N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide AN-specific (for each
  • the UPF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • a UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • the control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF.
  • the control unit_B700 implements various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for UPF to connect with base station equipment (gNB) in 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or DN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection unit _B720 to transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the base station device (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or DN. can be done.
  • the network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
  • UPF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB through N3 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with SMF through N4 interface. It can communicate, through the N6 interface it can communicate with DNs, and it can communicate with other UPFs through the N9 interface.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
  • the UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting DNs (i.e. as a gateway between DNs and Core Network_B, allowing users data forwarding function), packet routing and forwarding function, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows for one DN, multi-homed PDU session support It has branching point function, QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for user plane, uplink traffic verification function, downlink packet buffering, downlink data notification trigger function, etc.
  • DNs i.e. as a gateway between DNs and Core Network_B, allowing users data forwarding function
  • UL CL Uplink Classifier
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the UPF may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication. Also, the UPF may have the function of transferring IP communication, or the function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Furthermore, multiple gateways may be gateways that connect core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
  • the user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network.
  • User plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and/or the S1-U interface and/or the S5 interface and/or the S8 interface and/or the SGi interface.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and/or the N3 interface, and/or the N9 interface, and/or the N6 interface.
  • the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane or UP.
  • control plane is a control message that is sent and received to control UE communication.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG RAN and the N2 interface.
  • the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or as a C-Plane.
  • the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication channel for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of multiple bearers.
  • the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of multiple bearers.
  • the PCF is composed of a control unit_500, a network connection unit_520, and a storage unit_540.
  • the control unit_500, network connection unit_520, and storage unit_540 are connected via a bus.
  • the control unit_500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire PCF. Note that the control unit_500 may process all the functions that other functional units (network connection unit_520, storage unit_540) in the PCF do not have. The control unit_500 implements various processes in the PCF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_540 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_520 is a functional unit for PCF to connect with AMF and/or SMF and/or AF (Application Function). That is, the PCF can transmit and receive control information to and from AMF and/or SMF and/or AF using network connection unit_520.
  • the network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
  • PCF can communicate with AMF via N15 interface by using network connection part_520, can communicate with SMF via N7 interface, and can communicate with N5 interface (interface between PCF and AF). ) to communicate with AF.
  • the storage unit_540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
  • PCF also includes functions to support a unified policy framework, provide policy rules to control plane functions to enforce them, access subscription information, etc. have.
  • the PCF also has a function to generate PCC rules, and/or first PCC rules, and/or second PCC rules, and URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules (URSP rule(s)). ing. These functions may all be controlled by the control unit_500.
  • URSP UE Route Selection Policy
  • the PCF in HPLMN is also called H-PCF (Home PCF)
  • the PCF in VPLMN is also called V-PCF (Visited PCF).
  • URSP rules generated by H-PCF are also referred to as URSP rules associated with HPLMN
  • URSP rules generated by V-PCF are also referred to as URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
  • V-PCF When roaming, V-PCF can be connected via H-PCF and N24 interface (interface between PCFs). That is, the V-PCF can transmit and receive control information to and from the H-PCF using the network connection unit_520.
  • the PCF has functions such as providing policy rules.
  • the UDM has authentication credential processing function, user identification processing function, access authentication function, registration/mobility management function, subscription management function, etc.
  • the PCRF is connected to the PGW and/or PDN and has functions such as QoS management for data delivery. For example, it manages the QoS of the communication path between UE_A10 and PDN.
  • the PCRF may be a device that creates and/or manages PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rules and/or routing rules used when each device transmits and receives user data.
  • PCC Policy and Charging Control
  • HSS is connected to MME and/or SCEF and has functions such as managing subscriber information.
  • HSS subscriber information is referred to, for example, during MME access control.
  • the HSS may be connected with a location management device different from the MME.
  • Network refers to at least part of Access Network_B, Core Network_B, and DN.
  • one or more devices included in at least part of access network_B, core network_B, and DN may be referred to as a network or a network device.
  • the fact that a network performs message transmission/reception and/or processing may mean that a device in the network (a network device and/or a control device) performs message transmission/reception and/or processing.
  • a device in the network performing message transmission/reception and/or processing may mean that the network performs message transmission/reception and/or processing.
  • SM (Session Management) messages may be NAS messages used in procedures for SM, and are transmitted and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. may be a control message that
  • SM messages include a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment accept message, a PDU session establishment reject message, a PDU session modification request message, and a PDU session establishment request message. request) message, PDU session modification command message, PDU session modification complete message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification reject message.
  • PDU session release request message, PDU session release reject message, PDU session release command message, PDU session release complete A message or the like may be included.
  • the procedure for SM or SM procedure includes PDU session establishment procedure, PDU session modification procedure, PDU session release procedure (UE-requested PDU session release procedure).
  • PDU session establishment procedure PDU session modification procedure
  • PDU session release procedure UE-requested PDU session release procedure.
  • each procedure may be a procedure started from the UE, or may be a procedure started from the NW.
  • MM (Mobility management) messages may be NAS messages used in procedures for MM, and may be control messages transmitted and received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240.
  • MM messages include a Registration request message, a Registration accept message, a Registration reject message, a De-registration request message, a De-registration accept message. ) message, configuration update command message, configuration update complete message, Service request message, Service accept message, Service reject message, Notification ) message, Notification response message, etc.
  • procedures for MM or MM procedures include Registration procedure, De-registration procedure, Generic UE configuration update procedure, Authentication/Authorization procedure, Service request procedure ( Service request procedure), Paging procedure, Notification procedure.
  • the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190.
  • the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
  • non-5GS services may be services other than 5GS services, and may include EPS services and/or non-EPS services.
  • the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, including IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6.
  • IPv4v6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6.
  • non-IP it indicates that communication is to be performed by a communication method other than IP, rather than using IP.
  • a PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) session can also be defined as an association between a DN that provides PDU connectivity services and a UE, but is established between the UE and an external gateway. connectivity.
  • the UE can transmit and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session.
  • the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like.
  • a UE can transmit and receive user data to and from a device such as an application server located in a DN using a PDU session.
  • Each device may associate and manage one or more pieces of identification information with respect to a PDU session.
  • identities may include one or more of DNN, QoS rules, PDU session type, application identities, NSI identities, access network identities, and SSC mode, and other information. Further may be included.
  • each piece of identification information associated with a PDU session may have the same content or different content.
  • DNN Data Network Name
  • DNN may be identification information that identifies the core network and/or the external network such as DN.
  • DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30/UPF_A235 that connects core network_B190.
  • DNN may correspond to APN (Access Point Name).
  • the PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6.
  • Ethernet If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Also, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed.
  • Unstructured it indicates that data is sent and received to an application server, etc. in the DN using Point-to-Point (P2P) tunneling technology.
  • P2P Point-to-Point
  • UDP/IP encapsulation technology may be used as the P2P tunneling technology.
  • the PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE is capable of using both IPv4 and IPv6.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • a PLMN is a network managed by an operator who is a (mobile) communication carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID. Also, an operator may manage one or more PLMNs. In this paper, PLMN may mean PLMN ID.
  • the PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the UE may be the Home PLMN (HPLMN).
  • MCC Mobile Country Code
  • MNC Mobile Network Code
  • the UE may hold an Equivalent HPLMN list for identifying one or more E-HPLMNs (Equivalent HPLMN) in the USIM (Universal Subscriber Identity Module).
  • a PLMN different from the HPLMN and/or E-HPLMN may be a VPLMN (Visited PLMN or VPLMN).
  • a PLMN that has been successfully registered by the UE may be an RPLMN (Registered PLMN).
  • the current PLMN is defined as the PLMN requested by the UE and/or the PLMN selected by the UE and/or the RPLMN and/or the PLMN allowed by the network and/or the core network device sending and receiving the message. It may be the PLMN to which it belongs.
  • a service provided by PLMN may be referred to as PLMN service, and a service provided by SNPN may be referred to as SNPN service.
  • a network slice is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics.
  • the UE and/or network may support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS.
  • NW slices; NS network slices
  • a network slice may also simply be called a slice.
  • a network slice instance forms a network slice that is configured and arranged by a set of network function (NF) instances (entities) and necessary resources.
  • NF is a processing function in a network, which is adopted or defined by 3GPP.
  • One or more NSIs are entities of NSs configured in core network_B.
  • the NSI may be composed of a virtual NF (Network Function) generated using an NST (Network Slice Template).
  • an NST is a logical representation of one or more NFs that are associated with resource requirements for providing required communication services and capabilities.
  • the NSI may be an aggregate within the core network_B 190 composed of multiple NFs.
  • the NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by services or the like.
  • One or more NFs may be configured in the NS.
  • the NFs configured in the NS may or may not be devices shared with other NSs.
  • the UE and/or devices in the network may, based on NSSAI and/or S-NSSAI and/or UE usage type and/or registration information such as one or more NSI IDs and/or APN can be assigned to the NS of Note that the UE usage type is a parameter value included in the registration information of the UE used to identify the NSI.
  • UE usage type may be stored in HSS.
  • AMF may choose between SMF132 and UPF based on UE usage type.
  • S-NSSAI Single NetworkSlice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI may consist of only SST (Slice/Service type), or may consist of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator).
  • the SST is information indicating the expected behavior of the NS in terms of functions and services.
  • SD may be information for interpolating SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs indicated by SST.
  • the S-NSSAI may be information unique to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs.
  • the network may also store one or more S-NSSAIs in the UE's registration information as default S-NSSAIs. Note that if the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS associated with the UE.
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • Each S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI is information that assists the access network or core network in selecting the NSI.
  • the UE may store the NSSAI granted from the network per PLMN.
  • the NSSAI may be information used to select the AMF.
  • the UE may apply each NSSAI (allowed NSSAI and/or configured NSSAI and/or rejected NSSAI and/or pending NSSAI and/or primary NSSAI) to PLMN and EPLMN.
  • the configured NSSAI is the NSSAI that is provided and stored in the UE.
  • the UE may store the configured NSSAI per PLMN.
  • the UE may store the configured NSSAI in association with the PLMN.
  • the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, or the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN.
  • the UE may store a configured NSSAI that is not associated with any PLMN and is valid for all PLMNs, and may set such a configured NSSAI as a "default configured NSSAI".
  • a configured NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • the configured NSSAI may be information configured by the network (or PLMN).
  • An S-NSSAI included in a configured NSSAI may be expressed as a configured S-NSSAI.
  • a configured S-NSSAI may be configured including an S-NSSAI and a mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the PLMN's S-NSSAI may be expressed as "configured S-NSSAI", and the S-NSSAI mapped to the HPLMN as "mapped S-NSSAI to the configured NSSAI for the PLMN".
  • the requested NSSAI is the NSSAI provided by the UE to the network during the registration procedure.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI or configured NSSAI stored by the UE.
  • the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI stored by the UE.
  • the requested NSSAI may be information indicating the network slice requested by the UE.
  • An S-NSSAI included in a requested NSSAI may be expressed as a requested S-NSSAI.
  • the requested NSSAI is included in an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message including a NAS message or NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message sent from the UE to the network, such as a registration request message or a PDU session establishment request message. be done.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • Allowed NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is permitted.
  • the allowed NSSAI is information identifying network slices that the network has allowed to connect to the UE.
  • the UE and/or NW may store and manage allowed NSSAI for each access (3GPP access or non-3GPP access) as UE information.
  • the UE and/or NW may also manage allowed NSSAIs in association with registration areas.
  • the UE and/or NW may store and manage the allowed NSSAI as UE information in association with the PLMN.
  • An allowed NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN and access type may be expressed as allowed NSSAI for PLMN and access type, or allowed NSSAI for PLMN access type.
  • An S-NSSAI included in an allowed NSSAI may be expressed as an allowed S-NSSAI.
  • allowed S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
  • rejected NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is not permitted.
  • the rejected NSSAI is information identifying network slices that the network does not allow the UE to connect to.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of S-NSSAI and rejection reason values.
  • the refusal reason value is information indicating the reason why the network rejects the corresponding S-NSSAI.
  • the UE and the network may store and manage the rejected NSSAI appropriately based on the rejection value associated with each S-NSSAI.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be included in a NAS message sent from the network to the UE, such as a registration acceptance message, a configuration update command, a registration rejection message, or an RRC message containing a NAS message.
  • An S-NSSAI included in a rejected NSSAI may be expressed as a rejected S-NSSAI.
  • the rejected NSSAI may be any one of the first to third rejected NSSAIs, the pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI, or may be a combination thereof.
  • An S-NSSAI included in a rejected NSSAI may be expressed as a rejected S-NSSAI.
  • a rejected S-NSSAI may be configured including an S-NSSAI and a mapped S-NSSAI.
  • the UE and/or NW may store and manage the rejected NSSAI in association with the PLMN as UE information.
  • a rejected NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • a tracking area is a single or multiple ranges that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network.
  • a tracking area may consist of multiple cells.
  • the tracking area may be a range in which control messages such as paging are broadcast, or a range in which UE_A 10 can move without performing a handover procedure.
  • the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the like.
  • the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area).
  • a tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) consisting of a TAC (Tracking area code) and a PLMN.
  • a registration area is a set of one or more TAs assigned to a UE by AMF.
  • UE_A 10 may be able to move without transmitting/receiving a signal for tracking area update while moving within one or more TAs included in the registration area.
  • the registration area may be a group of information indicating areas to which UE_A 10 can move without performing a tracking area update procedure.
  • a registration area may be identified by a TAI list consisting of one or more TAIs.
  • the TAIs included in the TAI list may belong to one PLMN or to multiple PLMNs. If multiple TAIs in the TAI list belong to different PLMNs, those PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
  • a UE ID is information for identifying a UE.
  • the UE ID is SUCI (SUBscription Concealed Identifier), SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier), GUTI (Globally Unique Temporary Identifier), IMEI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity), or IMEISV (IMEI Software Version).
  • SUCI SUBscription Concealed Identifier
  • SUPI Subscribe Permanent Identifier
  • GUTI Globally Unique Temporary Identifier
  • IMEI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • IMEISV IMEI Software Version
  • the UE ID may be other information configured within the application or network.
  • the UE ID may be information for identifying the user.
  • the N1 NAS signaling connection is the connection between the UE and the network (AMF), and may be managed and exist independently on 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
  • the state in which the N1 NAS signaling connection is established may be 5GMM-CONNECTED mode.
  • a state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is not established may be 5GMM-IDLE mode.
  • a state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is established over 3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access, and N1 over 3GPP access.
  • a state in which a NAS signaling connection is not established may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access.
  • a state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is established over non-3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access.
  • the state in which the N1 NAS signaling connection is not established over non-3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access.
  • SNPN Single-alone Non-Public Network
  • NF operated by NPN operator and provided by PLMN is an NPN that does not depend on That is, the SNPN may be an NPN-only network independent of the PLMN.
  • the SNPN is identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID (Network Identifier).
  • the PLMN ID used for the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network, and the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999, for example.
  • UEs that can use SNPN may support the SNPN access mode.
  • a UE configured to operate in SNPN access mode may be able to select and register with a SNPN and may not be able to select a PLMN.
  • a UE configured to operate in SNPN access mode may or may not be able to perform the SNPN selection procedure.
  • the UE that is not configured to operate in the SNPN access mode may not be able to select the SNPN and register with the SNPN, and the PLMN can be selected.
  • UEs that are not configured to operate in SNPN access mode may not be able to perform the SNPN selection procedure, and may be able to perform the PLMN selection procedure.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode may be able to select an SNPN via Uu (3GPP access). Also, a UE operating in SNPN access mode can select a SNPN via Uu or NWu established via a PDU session provided by a PLMN selected via Uu or NWu (non-3GPP access). good too. Also, a UE that does not operate in SNPN access mode can select a PLMN via Uu or NWu established via a PDU session provided by an SNPN selected via Uu or NWu (non-3GPP access). good too.
  • PLMN may mean SNPN.
  • a NID Network identifier
  • a SNPN may be identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID.
  • the NID may be unique information within the SNPN, or may be unique information.
  • Public network integrated NPN is a network realized using PLMN functional units.
  • the Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN.
  • Public network integrated NPNs are NPNs that can be created via PLMN.
  • Public network integrated NPN may be implemented using the function of network slices.
  • a public network integrated NPN may be a network that can be implemented by using network slices allocated for the NPN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID.
  • Public network integrated NPN may be implemented using DN.
  • Public network integrated NPN may be a network that can be realized by using a DN for NPN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by DNN, or by a combination of DNN and CAG ID.
  • a CAG (Closed Access Groups) ID is information that identifies a group of subscribers permitted to connect to one or more cells associated with a CAG.
  • a CAG may be a group identified by a CAG ID.
  • CAG is a group used when implementing Public Network Integrated NPN with network slices. CAG may be used to prevent access attempts from UEs that are not NPN-authorized to network slices allocated for NPN.
  • the CAG ID is unique information within the PLMN.
  • SNPN-enabled UE is a UE configured to use SNPN.
  • a SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information about the SNPN.
  • the configuration information of the SNPN-enabled UE may include information indicating that SNPN can be used.
  • an SNPN-enabled UE may support an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access mode of operation.
  • a SNPN enabled UE may operate in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode.
  • the SNPN access mode is a mode in which the UE selects only SNPN. More specifically, the UE in SNPN access mode may be the mode of the UE when performing procedures, processing, etc. for registering and connecting to the SNPN. Further, when performing SNPN selection or ON-SNPN selection as network selection, or when performing normal registration procedures with SNPN, or when performing registration procedures for onboarding, or procedures for remote provisioning. should operate in SNPN access mode.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode may be referred to as a UE in SNPN access mode.
  • a UE in SNPN access mode may be a SNPN enabled UE.
  • SNPN access operation mode is a mode for connecting to SNPN via SNPN access mode or non-3GPP access.
  • non-3GPP access in SNPN may refer to the case where UE is connected to SNPN via PLMN.
  • the UE may also operate in the SNPN access operation mode when operating in the SNPN access mode.
  • the UE may not operate in the SNPN access mode of operation if it does not operate in the SNPN access mode.
  • the UE in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access mode of operation.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform an SNPN selection process.
  • UEs not operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may not perform the SNPN selection process.
  • the SNPN selection process may have an automatic SNPN selection mode and a manual SNPN selection mode.
  • the SNPN selection procedure may be performed without registration. In other words, the SNPN selection procedure may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network.
  • UEs not operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform a PLMN selection process.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may not perform the PLMN selection process.
  • the PLMN selection procedure may be performed without registration. In other words, the PLMN selection procedure may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network.
  • the PLMN selection process may have an automatic PLMN selection mode and a manual PLMN selection mode.
  • a UE in SNPN access operation mode may mean a UE in SNPN access mode or a UE accessing SNPN via non-3GPP.
  • a UE that is not in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access operation mode when connecting to SNPN via non-3GPP.
  • Non-Public Network is a private network that is not intended for general use, but is used by specific users for specific purposes such as private use such as companies.
  • NPN Non-Public Network
  • SNPN Stand-alone Non-Public Network
  • Public network integrated NPN When described as NPN below, it may mean both SNPN and Public network integrated NPN.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform an onboarding network selection process.
  • the UE may operate in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode when the onboarding network selection process is performed.
  • URSP UE Route Selection Policy
  • URSP UE Route Selection Policy
  • ProSe ProSe outside the PDU session.
  • URSP UE Route Selection Policy
  • the URSP may be a policy included in UE policy information provided by the PCF.
  • URSP rules may consist of a list of one or more URSP rules (URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) Rule).
  • each URSP rule may consist of a rule precedence, and/or a traffic descriptor, and/or a list of route selection descriptors (List of Route Selection Descriptors).
  • the traffic descriptor may be used to specify matching conditions that the UE determines based on the URSP.
  • the rule priority in URSP rules indicates the order of URSP rules enforced in the UE.
  • the UE may refer to the rule priority in each URSP rule and apply the URSP rule with the highest priority first.
  • the traffic descriptor in the URSP rules indicates when to apply the URSP rules.
  • the traffic descriptors in the URSP rule are application descriptors, and/or IP descriptors, and/or domain descriptors, and/or non-IP descriptors ( Non-IP descriptors), and/or DNN (Data Network Name), and/or Connection Capabilities.
  • the application descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may contain the OS ID and the OS application ID.
  • the IP descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule indicates information that identifies the destination of IP traffic, and may include, for example, the IP address, IPv6 network prefix, port number, protocol number, and the like.
  • the domain descriptors in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name) of the destination.
  • non-IP descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate information identifying the destination of non-IP traffic (eg, ethernet traffic or unstructured traffic).
  • the DNN in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may be information on the DNN provided by the application.
  • connection capability in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate information provided by the UE's application when the UE requests connection to the network using a certain capability.
  • the route selection descriptor list in the URSP rule may consist of one or more route selection descriptors (Route Selection Descriptor).
  • Each route selection descriptor may consist of a rule selection descriptor precedence (Route Selection Descriptor Precedence) and/or a route selection component (Route selection components).
  • the rule selection descriptor priority indicates the order in which route selection descriptors are applied.
  • the UE receives the route selection descriptor list, that is, receives one or more route selection descriptors, the UE refers to the rule selection descriptor priority in each route selection descriptor, and selects the route selection description with higher priority. May be applied in order from child to child.
  • the route selection configuration includes SSC Mode Selection, and/or Network Slice Selection, and/or DNN Selection, and/or PDU Session Type Selection. ), and/or Non-Seamless Offload indication, and/or Access Type preference.
  • the SSC mode selection may indicate that the application traffic is routed through the PDU session of the specified SSC mode.
  • the network slice selection may also indicate to route the application's traffic using one or more of the indicated PDU sessions that support S-NSSAI.
  • the DNN selection may also indicate that the application's traffic should be routed using PDU sessions that support one or more of the indicated DNNs.
  • the PDU session type selection may also indicate that the application's traffic is routed using PDU sessions that support the indicated PDU session type.
  • the non-seamless offload indication may indicate to offload application traffic to non-3GPP access.
  • the access type preference may indicate the access type for establishing the PDU session.
  • the access type may indicate 3GPP, non-3GPP, Multi-Access, or eATSSS.
  • eATSSS may be specified when establishing a PDU session using the eATSSS function, and 3GPP access or non-3GPP access corresponding to the established SA PDU session may be indicated.
  • URSP rules may include URSP rules associated with HPLMN and URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
  • the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the HPLMN's PCF.
  • the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the V-PCF, which is the VPLMN's PCF.
  • URSP rules may also be associated with the PLMN and sent and received between the UE and the network. More specifically, for example, an information element storing URSP rules may include the MCC and MNC of PLMN associated with each URSP rule. Further, the URSP rules may be associated with the PLMN and stored in each device of the UE or network.
  • the URSP rules used by the UE are generated based on the destination network and/or destination network policy and/or UE capabilities and/or network capabilities, UE subscriptions, etc. OK, let it be decided. More specifically, for example, if the UE is registered or attached to the HPLMN, it may use the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN. Also, for example, when the UE is registered or connected to the roaming destination VPLMN, the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be used, or the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may be used.
  • SUPI Subscriber Permanent Identifier
  • SUPI types may include IMSI, NSI (Network Specific Identifier), GLI (Global Line Identifier), or GCI (Global Cable Identifier).
  • SUCI Subscribescription Concealed Identifier
  • the first identification information in this embodiment is capability information indicating that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, when the UE connects and/or registers with the VPLMN, it is possible to use the URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF in the VPLMN. It can be shown that
  • the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may indicate that the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • a UE supports URSP rules associated with a VPLMN may indicate that it is capable of storing the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the VPLMN or the PCF within the VPLMN. It may be indicated that it is possible to receive URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF within the VPLMN from the PCF of the VPLMN.
  • a UE supports URSP rules associated with a VPLMN means that it stores both the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the VPLMN or the PCF in the VPLMN and the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the HPLMN or the PCF in the HPLMN. It may be shown that it is possible to
  • the URSP rules distributed by the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF of the VPLMN, or the URSP rules generated and/or distributed by the V-PCF (Visited PCF). Also, URSP rules may include URSP rules associated with VPLMN and URSP rules associated with HPLMN.
  • the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be the HPLMN or the URSP rules generated by the PCF of the HPLMN. Further, for example, when the UE is connected to the VPLMN, it may be URSP rules distributed from the H-PCF (Home PCF) to the UE via the V-PCF.
  • H-PCF Home PCF
  • the UE may include the first identification information in the registration request message to indicate that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the UE may not include the first identification information in the registration request message to indicate that the UE does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the first identification information may be capability information indicating whether the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. In this case, for example, the first identification information may indicate that the UE does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the first identification information may be the 5GMM capability IE or may be included in the 5GMM capability IE.
  • the first identification information refers to capability information indicating that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
  • the first identification information may include the content of the second identification information described later. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the first identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may indicate a request to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by sending the first identification information to the network or each device in the network.
  • the second identification information in this embodiment is identification information indicating that the UE requests the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • a UE attempting to register and/or connect to a VPLMN may send the second identification information in a message to the network or each device in the network as the URSP rules to indicate the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. You may indicate your request.
  • the second identification information may include the content of the first identification information described above. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the second identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may indicate its support for using the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting the second identification information to the network or each device in the network.
  • the content of the second identification information may be included in the aforementioned first identification information. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the first identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may send the first identification information to the network or each device in the network to indicate that the UE requests to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the second identification information may be information indicating the UE's preference regarding the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. More specifically, the UE may indicate, via the second identification, a preference for URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to request the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the third identification information in this embodiment may be capability information indicating that the VPLMN with which the UE registers and/or connects supports delivery of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the third identification information may be identification information included in a response message when the network or each device receives a request message including the first identification information from the UE and accepts the first identification information. .
  • the network or each device may indicate acceptance of the UE's request or use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting third identification information to the UE.
  • the UE receiving the third identification information may recognize that the network or each device has accepted the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the behavior of the UE, core network, or each device regarding transmission and reception of the third identification information is not limited to these, and details including other behavior will be described later.
  • the fourth identification information in this embodiment may indicate that the VPLMN with which the UE registers and/or connects distributes the URSP rules associated with the same VPLMN.
  • the fourth identification information is the response message when the network or each device receives a message containing the first and/or second identification information from the UE and accepts one or more of these identification information. It may be identification information to be included in the
  • the behavior of the UE, core network, or each device regarding transmission and reception of the fourth identification information is not limited to these, and details including other behaviors will be described later.
  • the registration procedure may be a procedure when the UE connects to the roaming destination network VPLMN, or may be an initial registration procedure.
  • the UE policy distribution procedure may include a UE policy distribution procedure that is executed during the registration procedure and a UE policy distribution procedure that is executed at any timing as necessary after the registration procedure is completed.
  • HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are respectively the same device (that is, the same physical device).
  • a case where they are configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example.
  • the contents described in this embodiment are also applicable when they are configured as different devices (that is, different physical hardware, different logical hardware, or different software).
  • data may be directly transmitted/received between them, data may be transmitted/received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted/received via UE.
  • a registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the registration procedure in the present invention may be a registration procedure for registering with the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network of the UE. Furthermore, in the following description, each device in the network may be a device within the VPLMN. In addition, hereinafter, the registration procedure is also referred to as this procedure.
  • this procedure in the present invention may be an initial registration procedure.
  • it may be a mobility and periodic registration update procedure.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the lead in registering with access network_B and/or core network_B and/or DN and/or PLMN. As long as the UE is not registered with the network, the UE can execute this procedure at any time, such as when it is powered on. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any timing as long as it is in the non-registered state (5GMM-DEREGISTERED state). Also, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registered state (5GMM-REGISTED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • Each registration state may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the state of registration for 3GPP access (registered state or non-registered state) and the state of registration for non-3GPP access.
  • the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and/or periodically informs the network of the UE status from the UE and/or updates certain parameters of the UE in the network. procedure may be used.
  • the UE may start the registration procedure when it moves across TAs (tracking areas). In other words, the UE may initiate the registration procedure when moving to a TA different from the TA indicated in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) it holds. Additionally, the UE may initiate this procedure when a running backoff timer or other timer expires. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to PDU session disconnection or invalidation. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when there is a change in the UE's capability information and/or preferences regarding PDU session establishment. Further, the UE may initiate registration procedures periodically.
  • TAs tracking areas
  • the UE may, based on completion of the UE configuration update procedure, or based on completion of the registration procedure, or based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, or based on completion of the PDU session management procedure, or at each procedure
  • the registration procedure may be initiated based on information received from the network or based on expiry or deactivation of the backoff timer. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
  • the procedure for transitioning from the state in which the UE is not registered in the network to the state in which it is registered is referred to as an initial registration procedure or a registration procedure for initial registration.
  • the registration procedure performed while the UE is registered with the network can be called a registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update or a roaming and periodic registration procedure. mobility and periodic registration procedure).
  • the UE may perform the aforementioned network selection before the registration procedure or in the initial state of the registration procedure to select and determine the PLMN or SNPN or ON-SNPN requested by the UE.
  • New AMF 141 in Fig. 6 indicates the AMF in which UE_A10 is registered by this procedure
  • old AMF 142 means the AMF in which the UE was registered by the procedure prior to this procedure.
  • new AMF141 can be the same device as old AMF142.
  • AMF when AMF is described, it may mean new AMF141, old AMF142, or both. Also, new AMF141 and old AMF142 may be AMF140.
  • UE_A 10 starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to new AMF 141 (S600) (S602) (S604). Specifically, the UE transmits an RRC message including a registration request message to the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) (S600).
  • the registration request message is a NAS message sent and received over the N1 interface.
  • the RRC messages may be control messages sent and received between the UE and the 5G AN 120 (or gNB).
  • NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer. Note that the NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
  • UE_A10 may include the first identification information and/or the second identification information in the registration request message and/or the NAS message including the registration request and/or the RRC message and/or transmit it.
  • the first and second identification information may be configured as information combining these.
  • the UE transmits the registration request message including the first identification information and/or the second identification information
  • the UE is a UE that supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It's okay.
  • a UE that supports the use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN may support the use of URSP rules associated with HPLMN in addition to supporting the use of URSP rules associated with PLMN.
  • the UE may transmit first identification information indicating that it supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. In other words, the UE may send a 5GMM capability IE with the first identity set to indicate support for the URSP rules associated with the PLMN.
  • the UE supports storing both the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN, the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, or the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN A first identification may be transmitted indicating that the rules are supported.
  • the UE may transmit the second identification information as information indicating the UE's preferences regarding the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. More specifically, the UE may indicate, via the second identification, a preference for URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to request the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the UE may further indicate that it supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting the second identification information. More specifically, the UE may also be indicated to support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by not transmitting the first identity and only transmitting the second identity. .
  • the UE may indicate a request to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by sending only the first identification without sending the second identification.
  • the UE may support the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN, in which case the UE does not support the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the first identification information indicating support for the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be transmitted, and the UE may transmit the URSP rules associated with the PLMN. It is not necessary to transmit the first identification information indicating support.
  • UE_A10 may send a registration request message and/or an RRC message including identification information indicating the type of this procedure.
  • the identification information indicating the type of this procedure may be 5GS registration type IE. Alternatively, it may be information indicating that the registration procedure is for emergency registration.
  • the fact that the identification information indicating the type of this procedure is the 5GS registration type IE may mean that the identification information indicating the type of this procedure is included in the 5GS registration type IE and set.
  • UE_A10 may include UE capability information in the registration request message in order to notify the network of the functions supported by UE_A10, and may include the first identification information as the UE capability information.
  • the UE capability information may be 5G MM capability of 5GS.
  • UE_A10 may include the first identification information in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (eg, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmit it. By transmitting these pieces of identification information, UE_A10 may indicate that UE_A10 supports each function, may indicate a UE request, or may indicate both of them. . Information indicating support for each function and information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • RRC layer eg, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer
  • UE_A10 determines whether to transmit the first identification information to the network, UE capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or UE state, and/or user registration information, and/or UE may be selected and determined based on the context held by .
  • UE_A 10 may send the registration request message including the first identification information to indicate that it requests network capability information indicating that the network supports the function corresponding to the first identification information.
  • UE_A10 may include information other than the first and/or second identification information in the registration request message and/or the NAS message or RRC message that includes the registration request message.
  • the UE may include a UE STATE INDICATION message generated by the UE in the registration request message.
  • the UE state indication message may be included in the payload container information element in the registration request message, and the information element indicating the type of payload container (Payload container type information element) is May be a UE policy container.
  • the UE may include a currently unused PTI (Procedure Transaction Identity) assigned by the UE to the PTI information element (PTI IE) in the UE status indication message.
  • PTI Procedure Transaction Identity
  • a UE not operating in SNPN access operation mode shall transmit one or more UPSIs in the UE policy section identified in the PLMN ID part indicating the HPLMNs available to the UE or the selected PLMNs.
  • the selected PLMN may be VPLMN or EPLMN.
  • the PLMN ID part may be composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code).
  • UPSI may include the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) indicated by the PLMN ID part of the selected SNPN, or may include the NID of the selected SNPN good.
  • MCC Mobile Country Code
  • MNC Mobile Network Code
  • the UE state indication message may be a message for a UE-initiated UE state indication procedure, or may be a message sent from the UE to the PCF.
  • the UE-initiated UE state indication procedure may be a procedure performed during the registration procedure, and the UE state indication message is sent to (V-)PCF via (V-)AMF during the registration procedure. may be sent.
  • the purpose of the UE-initiated UE state indication procedure is to deliver the UPSI(s) of the UE policy section(s) or the UE supports ANDSP (Access Network Discovery and Selection Policy). or not, or deliver one or more OS IDs for the UE.
  • the UPSI(s) delivered by the UE in the UE initiated UE state indication procedure shall be the HPLMN or one or more UPSIs of the UE policy section identified by the UPSI with the PLMN ID part indicating the selected PLMN.
  • the selected PLMN may be the VPLMN or the EPLMN.
  • the PLMN ID part may be composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code).
  • the AMF identification information to be included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message containing the registration request message may be information that identifies the AMF or a set of AMFs, for example, 5G-S-TMSI ( 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier) or GUAMI (Globally Unique AMF Identifier).
  • 5G-S-TMSI 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier
  • GUAMI Globally Unique AMF Identifier
  • UE_A 10 transmits an SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or transmits an SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message,
  • SM message eg, PDU session establishment request message
  • PDU session establishment procedure may be initiated during the registration procedure.
  • the 5G AN 120 When the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) receives the RRC message containing the registration request message, it selects an AMF to transfer the registration request message (S602). Note that the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) can select an AMF based on one or more identification information included in the registration request message and/or the RRC message including the registration request message. Specifically, the 5G AN (or gNB) may select the new AMF 141 to send the registration request message to based on the first identification information.
  • the 5G AN 120 may select an AMF that supports the function corresponding to the capability information indicated by the first identification information.
  • the 5G AN (or gNB) corresponds to the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information, and distributes the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN or distributes the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • An AMF that can be connected or communicated with the PCF to be performed may be selected.
  • the AMF selection method is not limited to this, and the 5G AN (or gNB) may select AMF based on other conditions.
  • the 5G AN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and transfers the registration request message to the selected new AMF (S604). If the first identification information and/or the second identification information is included in the RRC message but not in the registration request message, the identification information included in the RRC message is sent to the selected AMF (new AMF141). , may be transferred together with the registration request message (S604).
  • the new AMF 141 When the new AMF 141 receives the registration request message, it can perform the first condition determination.
  • the first condition determination is for determining whether or not the network (or new AMF 141) accepts the request from the UE.
  • the new AMF 141 executes the procedures from S606 to S618 if the first condition determination is true. On the other hand, if the first condition determination is false, the new AMF 141 may execute the procedure of S614 without executing the procedures of S606 to S602.
  • the new AMF 141 may request the UE context from the old AMF 142 and receive the UE context from the old AMF 142 (S606, S608) before making the first condition determination. In that case, the new AMF 141 may execute S610 to S618 if the first conditional determination is true. On the other hand, the new AMF 141 may execute S614 if the first conditional determination is false.
  • control message transmitted and received in S614 may be a registration accept message
  • the control message sent and received at S614 may be a Registration reject message.
  • the first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and It may be performed based on network conditions, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF, and/or the like.
  • the first condition determination may be true, and if the UE's request is not permitted by the network, the first condition determination may be false.
  • the first condition determination may be true if the network to which the UE is registered and/or the device in the network supports the function requested by the UE, the first condition determination is true and does not support the function requested by the UE. , the first conditional decision may be false. Further, the first conditional determination may be true if the transmitted/received identification information is permitted, and the first conditional determination may be false if the transmitted/received identification information is not permitted.
  • new AMF141 performs the procedures of S606 and S608, and the AMF included in the message received by new AMF141 from UE_A10. If the AMF indicated in the identification information is new AMF141, the procedures of S606 and S608 are not executed. In other words, if this procedure causes an AMF change, the procedures of S606 and S608 are executed, and if no AMF change occurs, the procedures of S606 and S608 are skipped.
  • the UE context transfer procedure (S606, S608) will be explained.
  • new AMF 141 sends a UE context request message to old AMF 142 (S606).
  • the UE context request message sent by new AMF may be "Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer”.
  • the UE context transmitted (S606) from the new AMF 141 to the old AMF 142 may contain the UE ID and allowed NSSAI.
  • old AMF sends a UE context response message to new AMF as a response message to the received UE context request message (S608).
  • the old AMF may send the UE context to the new AMF 141 based on receiving the UE context request message.
  • the response message sent by old AMF may be "Response to Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer".
  • the old AMF may include the UE context and/or the SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier) in the UE context response message.
  • old AMF will include these information in the UE context response message. may be included.
  • the old AMF will further send the UE context response message including the V-PCF ID and H-PCF ID to the new AMF.
  • the V-PCF ID and H-PCF ID received by the new AMF are used for PCF selection (S610) and/or AM policy association establishment/change (S612) and/or UE policy association establishment (S612). (S616) or the like. Details will be described later.
  • the New AMF that has received the UE context from the old AMF may generate the UE context based on the received UE context.
  • new AMF executes PCF selection (S610).
  • the PCF selection indicates that the new AMF obtains the UE policy using the (V-)PCF identified by the (V-)PCF ID contained in the UE context (S608) received from the old AMF. May be executed when determined. Note that if the UE is performing registration procedures with the VPLMN, the AMF may select a V-PCF and obtain the UE policy from the selected V-PCF.
  • new AMF executes AM policy association establishment/change (S612).
  • the new AMF selects a new (V-)PCF in PCF selection (S610)
  • the new AMF executes AM policy association establishment with the selected (V-)PCF.
  • the (V-)PCF identified by the (V-)PCF ID included in the UE context is used from the old AMF, change the AM policy association.
  • the new AMF 141 may then send a control message to the UE based on the determination of the first conditional determination and/or based on receiving the UE context from the old AMF 142 (S614).
  • the control message may be a registration accept message or a registration reject message. In the following, the case where the control message sent to the UE is a registration acceptance message will be described.
  • the new AMF 141 may send a control message including one or more of the third and/or fourth identification information.
  • the new AMF 141 may indicate that the network supports the function indicated by the identification information, or that the UE request has been accepted. It may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted or supported, or information combining these may be indicated.
  • the third and fourth identification information may be configured as information in which these are combined, or may be configured as identification information in which these are combined. Whether or not to include the third and/or fourth identification information in the control message may be determined by network capabilities, operator policy, or the like.
  • the AMF may indicate that the UE has accepted the request indicated by the first and/or second identification information by transmitting the third identification information. More specifically, for example, the AMF sends the third identification information to the UE so that the UE indicates the request indicated by the first and/or second identification information or the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the network or each device may indicate acceptance. In other words, the UE receiving the third identification information may recognize that the network or each device has accepted the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the new AMF 141 when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, even if the second identification information is not included in the control message, which is a registration acceptance message, The new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognizes the capability information of the UE indicated by the first identification information, and/or the new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognizes the function corresponding to the capability indicated by the first identification information. It may indicate to the UE that the network supports it.
  • the new AMF 141 and/or the core network do not recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information.
  • the core network may indicate to the UE that the new AMF 141 and/or the core network do not support the functionality corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the first identification information.
  • the new AMF 141 may or may not include the third identification information in the control message and transmit it.
  • the fourth identification information may be a response corresponding to the content of the UE's request indicated by the second identification information received from the UE, and may indicate that the request from the UE is permitted. For example, if the AMF accepts or grants the UE's request indicated by the second identification, it may include the fourth identification in the control message and send it to the UE. Also, for example, when the AMF accepts or grants the request of the UE indicated by the second identification information, only the fourth identification information may be included in the control message.
  • the new AMF when the new AMF receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it sends a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. may indicate that the core network or new AMF has accepted the content indicated by the first and/or second identification information received from the UE.
  • the UE when the AMF receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, the UE sends a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. 1 and/or the second identification may indicate acceptance of the requested content.
  • the new AMF rejects what the first and/or second identification information received from the UE indicates, by sending a registration rejection message to the UE, the first and/or second identification information is May indicate content or rejection of the UE's request.
  • the new AMF sends the registration rejection message to the UE, it may further include a cause value indicating the reason for rejection.
  • the reason value indicating the reason for refusal may or may not be a reason indicating that the network or each device does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the new AMF 141 when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information By transmitting, the new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information, and/or the core network has the function corresponding to the capability indicated by the first identification information. It may indicate to the UE that the new AMF and/or core network support it. Note that, for example, when the new AMF transmits a registration rejection message to the UE, the core network does not recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information received from the UE, the new AMF 141 and/or the core network. or not, and/or the core network may indicate to the UE that the new AMF and/or the core network do not support the capabilities corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the first identification.
  • the new AMF 141 when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it transmits a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information.
  • new AMF 141 and / or that the core network recognizes the request of the UE indicated by the second identification information and / or that the core network supports the request indicated by the second identification information by The core network may indicate acceptance to the UE.
  • the new AMF 141 when it receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it transmits a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information.
  • the new AMF 141 and / or the core network recognizes the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information and / or the UE request indicated by the second identification information, and / or the core network recognizes the first Indicate to the UE that the new AMF 141 and/or the core network support the capabilities corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the identification information, and/or that the core network supports the request indicated by the second identification information.
  • the core network may indicate acceptance to the UE.
  • the AMF may send the registration accept message including an SM message (e.g., PDU session establishment accept message), or send an SM message (e.g., PDU session establishment accept message) together with the registration accept message. acknowledgment message) can be sent.
  • this transmission method may be performed when an SM message (eg, a PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message.
  • this transmission method may be performed when an SM message (eg, a PDU session establishment request message) is transmitted along with the registration request message. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate in the registration procedure that the procedure for the SM has been accepted.
  • the AMF receives each identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or Based on the context held by the AMF, etc., it may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted by sending a Registration Accept message, or indicate that the UE's request has been rejected by sending a Registration Reject message. may be indicated.
  • the UE receives the control message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S614). If the control message is a registration acceptance message, the UE receives the registration acceptance message to recognize that the UE's request in the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information included in the registration acceptance message. can do. Or, if the control message is a registration rejection message, the UE receives the registration rejection message indicating that the UE's request in the registration request message is rejected, and the content of various identification information included in the registration rejection message. can be recognized. Also, the UE may recognize that the UE's request has been rejected if it does not receive the control message even after a predetermined period of time has elapsed after sending the registration request message.
  • the UE can transmit a registration complete message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S618).
  • the UE may include an SM message such as a PDU session establishment complete message in the registration completion message, or may include the SM message. , may indicate that the procedure for SM is complete.
  • the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in an RRC message and sent and received between the UE and the 5G AN (gNB).
  • the new AMF executes UE policy association establishment (S616).
  • the new AMF may send "Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Request" to the PCF, and the PCF may send "Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Response" to the new AMF to establish the UE policy association.
  • the PCF may trigger UE policy delivery procedures. Details of the UE policy delivery procedure are described in section 3.1.2.
  • AMF receives the registration complete message via 5G AN (gNB) (S618). Also, each device completes this procedure based on transmission/reception of a registration acceptance message and/or a registration completion message.
  • gNB 5G AN
  • Each device may transition to or maintain a state in which the UE is registered with the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state) based on transmission/reception of the registration acceptance message and/or the registration completion message. , based on the transmission and reception of the registration rejection message, the UE transitions to or maintains a state of not being registered with the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state or 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state) on the access for which the UE received the registration rejection message for the current PLMN. You may Also, transition to each state of each device may be performed based on transmission/reception of a registration completion message or completion of a registration procedure.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information sent and received during the registration procedure upon completion of the registration procedure. For example, if information is sent or received indicating that some of the UE's requests were rejected, it may know why the UE's requests were rejected. Further, each device may perform this procedure again, or may perform the registration procedure for Core Network_A or another cell, based on the reason why the UE's request was rejected.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and/or the registration rejection message, and may recognize the network's decision.
  • the UE when the UE receives the third and/or fourth identification information in the registration acceptance message in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE receives the VPLMN in the UE policy delivery procedure described later during or after this procedure. It may recognize that URSP rules associated with are delivered and that use of the delivered URSP rules is permitted.
  • the network supports delivery of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. You can recognize that there are
  • the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN are delivered and the use of the delivered URSP rules may recognize that is allowed.
  • the UE policy delivery procedure is a PCF-initiated procedure for updating the configuration of the UE, and may be a procedure for providing the policy transparently to the UE by the PCF.
  • transparent means that the UE policy sent by the PCF is not modified by the AMF and delivered to the UE using a transparent container.
  • the UE policy distributed in this procedure may be URSP rules, and there may be URSP rules associated with HPLMN or URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
  • the UE policy delivery procedure may be a UE Configuration Update procedure for transparent UE Policy delivery.
  • the UE policy distribution procedure is also referred to as this procedure. Note that this procedure may be a procedure that can be executed after the PCF selection by the AMF (S610) and the AM policy association establishment/change (S612) are completed.
  • this procedure may be a procedure that is executed at any time during the registration procedure or after the completion of the registration procedure.
  • this procedure when this procedure is executed during the registration procedure, it may be a procedure that is started by being triggered by the PCF in the aforementioned UE policy association establishment (S616).
  • this procedure may be a procedure that is executed when the UE is performing registration procedures with the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network, or has completed the registration procedures with the VPLMN.
  • the UE policy delivered to the UE visiting the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the V-PCF and associated with the delivered VPLMN.
  • this procedure may be executed while the UE is registered with or connected to the HPLMN or VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network. More specifically, this procedure may be performed by the UE during the VPLMN registration procedure to the HPLMN, or at any time after the completion of the HPLMN or VPLMN registration procedure, initiated by the network or PCF. , may be a procedure to initiate. Note that the PCF may be the V-PCF when this procedure is executed in the VPLMN.
  • the PCF first decides to update the UE policy (S700).
  • the PCF's decision to update the UE policy may be based on the registration procedure, the need for the UE policy update, or the like.
  • the PCF may perform this procedure during the registration procedure, or after the completion of the registration procedure, at any time the UE policy needs to be updated.
  • the registration procedure may be an initial registration procedure.
  • the determination of UE policy update by PCF in the UE policy distribution procedure performed during the registration procedure is performed by New AMF (AMF) in PCF in the procedure of S616 described in Section 3.1.1.
  • AMF New AMF
  • Update the UE policy information by comparing the PSI (policy section identifier) list contained in the UE policy information contained in the Npcf_UEPolicyControl_Create Request, which is a message sent to It may be based on the judgment of whether it must be done.
  • the PCF needs to check the latest list of PSIs and send them to the UE. May be based on determining UE policy.
  • the PCF that has decided to update the UE policy sends a message to the AMF using the AM service communication message transfer service (S702).
  • the message sent from the PCF to the AMF may be sent by the PCF executing the "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer" service operation provided by the AMF.
  • the message sent from PCF to AMF may contain SUPI, UE policy container.
  • the PCF finds that the size of the UE policy information exceeds a predefined limit, the PCF will divide it into logically independent UE policies with a size less than the limit and call "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer ” service operation may be performed and sent multiple times.
  • the UE policy sent from the PCF to the AMF in S702 may be URSP rules. More specifically, for example, in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE includes the first and / or second identification information in the registration request message and transmits it to the network, and the content indicated by the one or more identification information is transmitted to the network. and the registration procedure is completed, the UE policy sent from the V-PCF to the (V-)AMF at S702 may be the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN generated by the V-PCF.
  • the AMF that received the message sent from the PCF by the "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer" service operation executes a network-triggered service request (S704).
  • the network-triggered service request may be a service request procedure initiated by the network or AMF, and is executed when the UE is in the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) and the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state). good.
  • the network-triggered service request (S704) may not be executed.
  • the AMF After completing S702 and/or S703, the AMF performs UE policy distribution (S706).
  • the UE policy delivery may be AMF sending a DL NAS transport message containing UE policy information to the UE.
  • the UE policy included in the DL NAS transport message may be URSP rules.
  • the UE transmits the first and/or second identification information in a registration request message in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, and the content of the first and/or second identification information is accepted by the network.
  • the URSP rules received at S706 may be the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
  • the UE may store the URSP rules in advance. More specifically, the UE may store URSP rules associated with HPLMN and/or URSP rules associated with VPLMN. Furthermore, when the UE receives URSP rules from the network in S706, it may manage storage, update, replacement, deletion, etc. for each PLMN associated with the received URSP. Also, the UE may store and manage URSP rules for each PLMN. In other words, for example, the UE may independently store and manage the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN or HPLMN.
  • the URSP rules received by the UE from the network in S706 may be empty ("empty" or "0"). It may be per PLMN. In other words, if the URSP rules for a particular PLMN are empty, and the UE has already stored the URSP rules corresponding to that PLMN, the UE may delete the corresponding URSP rules. In other words, when deleting the URSP rules stored in the UE, the PCF may nullify the URSP rules corresponding to the PLMN to be deleted in generating the URSP rules.
  • the behavior of the UE that received the URSP rules from the PCF via the AMF in S706 may be as follows.
  • the UE completes the registration procedure by sending a registration request message including the first and second identification information to the network in the VPLMN
  • the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN may be associated with the VPLMN and stored.
  • the UE receives new URSP rules associated with the same VPLMN during another registration procedure or at S706 of the UE policy delivery procedure performed after the completion of the registration procedure, the UE will be associated with the VPLMN already stored.
  • the old URSP rules may be updated or replaced with the new URSP rules.
  • the old URSP rules associated with the already remembered VPLMN URSP Rules may be deleted.
  • a UE that has already memorized the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN and connects to the VPLMN may use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN in S706 of the UE policy distribution procedure that is performed during the registration procedure or after the registration procedure is completed. If received, the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN may be stored without deleting the URSP rules associated with the already stored HPLMN.
  • the UE may , may not store the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN, or may ignore the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN.
  • the behavior of the UE that received the URSP rules from the PCF via the AMF in S706 is not limited to these.
  • the UE Upon receiving the UE policy from the PCF via the AMF, the UE updates the UE policy and transmits the UE policy distribution result to the AMF (S708).
  • the AMF Upon receiving the UE policy delivery result from the UE, the AMF uses the AMF service communication message notification service to send a message to the PCF (S710).
  • the message sent from the AMF to the PCF more specifically, the UE policy container received by the AMF from the UE is transferred using the "Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify" service operation.
  • S710 may be executed when the PCF has subscribed to receive acknowledgment of the UE policy container.
  • the PCF maintains and stores the latest list of PSI delivered to the UE in this procedure, and uses the Nudr_DM_Update (SUPI, Policy Data, Policy Set Entry, updated PSI data) service operation to update the latest PSI in the UDR. Update the list.
  • Nudr_DM_Update SUPI, Policy Data, Policy Set Entry, updated PSI data
  • the network In the first embodiment of the present invention, if the UE does not indicate support and / or request for use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN in the registration procedure to VPLMN, during or after the registration procedure, the network Or, it is an embodiment related to the behavior of the UE when each device in the network sends the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to the UE. Note that the first embodiment is also referred to as the present embodiment in this chapter.
  • the UE does not include any of the first and second identities if the UE did not indicate in its registration procedure with the VPLMN that it supports and/or requires the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may be to send a registration request message to the network (VPLMN).
  • the UE neither supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN nor requests the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to the network (VPLMN), and performs the registration procedure and the registration procedure with the VPLMN. may be performed.
  • a UE that has sent a registration request message that does not contain either the first identification information or the second identification information may be a UE that does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the PLMN. .
  • the UE transmits a registration request message that does not include the first identification information and the second identification information to the network, and the network sends the UE It may be the case that the registration procedure is completed by transmitting the registration acceptance message.
  • the UE policy delivery result (S708) will be a message indicating that the UE policy delivery has failed. May be sent to AMF. Furthermore, the UE may not remember the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN.
  • a second embodiment of the present invention indicates that the UE, in the registration procedure to the VPLMN, supports and/or requires the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, and during or after the registration procedure, the network or each of the networks. It is an embodiment regarding the behavior of the UE when the device sends the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN to the UE.
  • the second embodiment is also referred to as the present embodiment in this chapter.
  • the UE in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE sends a registration request message containing the first identification and/or the second identification to the network, and the network sends a registration acceptance message to the UE. This may be the case when the registration procedure is completed.
  • the UE may store the received URSP rules for each PLMN. . Furthermore, the UE may preferentially use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN that is the visiting PLMN.
  • the program that runs on the device according to the present invention may be a program that controls a central processing unit (CPU) or the like to make a computer function so as to implement the functions of the embodiments according to the present invention.
  • Programs or information handled by the programs are temporarily stored in volatile memory such as random access memory (RAM), nonvolatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drives (HDD), or other storage systems.
  • volatile memory such as random access memory (RAM), nonvolatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drives (HDD), or other storage systems.
  • a program for realizing the functions of the embodiments related to the present invention may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by causing a computer system to read and execute the program recorded on this recording medium.
  • the "computer system” here is a computer system built into the device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices.
  • computer-readable recording medium means a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically retains a program for a short period of time, or any other computer-readable recording medium. good too.
  • each functional block or features of the apparatus used in the above-described embodiments may be implemented or performed in an electrical circuit, eg, an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits.
  • Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit, or may be composed of an analog circuit.
  • one or more aspects of the present invention can use new integrated circuits based on this technology.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments.
  • an example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and stationary or non-movable electronic equipment installed indoors and outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment , cleaning/washing equipment, air-conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, other household equipment, and other terminal equipment or communication equipment.
  • Mobile communication system 10 UE_A 30 PGW-U 32PGW-C 35 SGW 40 MMEs 45 eNB 50 HSS 60 PCRF 80 Access Network_A (E-UTRAN) 90 Core Network_A 120 Access Network_B (5G AN) 122 gNB 130 UPF 132 SMF 140AMF 141 new AMF 142 old AMF 150UDM 160PCF 190 Core Network_B

Abstract

In 5GS, with regard to the URSP rules that are used when UE connects to a VPLMN, which is a roamed-into network, it is not defined whether the URSP rules associated with a HPLMN or the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN are to be selected by UE or a network for delivery by the network to the UE and for use by the UE. UE and a network of the present invention provide a selection method and a communication means for transmitting and receiving, e.g., capability information and/or identifying information indicating a request, and for selecting and delivering, on the basis of the identifying information that has been transmitted and received, URSP rules associated with a HPLMN and/or URSP rules associated with the VPLMN as the URSP rules to be used by the UE connecting to the VPLMN.

Description

UE(User Equipment)UE (User Equipment)
 本発明は、UE(User Equipment)に関する。 The present invention relates to UE (User Equipment).
 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)では、第5世代(5th Generation; 5G)の移動通信システムである5GS(5G System)のシステムアーキテクチャにおける新たな手続きや機能をサポートするための検討、議論、仕様の策定が行われている(非特許文献1から5を参照)。Release 17規格までに議論されていた5G UE(User Equipment) Policyについて、Release 18ではその機能の拡張が議論される。 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) studies, discusses, and formulates specifications to support new procedures and functions in the system architecture of 5GS (5G System), the 5th Generation (5G) mobile communication system. is performed (see Non-Patent Documents 1 to 5). Regarding the 5G UE (User Equipment) Policy, which was discussed up to the Release 17 standard, the expansion of its functions will be discussed in Release 18.
 5GS(5G System)では、多種多様なサービスを提供するために、新たなコアネットワークである5GCN(5G Core Network)が検討されている。現在、5GSについて、これまで議論されてきた5G UE(User Equipment) Policyの拡張が検討されている。  In order to provide a wide variety of services for 5GS (5G System), a new core network, 5GCN (5G Core Network), is being considered. Currently, regarding 5GS, the extension of the 5G UE (User Equipment) Policy, which has been discussed so far, is being considered.
 UEが、ローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNに接続した場合に使用するポリシー情報の一つとして提供されるURSP(UE Route Selection Policy) rulesは、従来はHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesのみがサポートされてきた。一方、5G UEポリシーの拡張の検討において、更にVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることが検討されているが、これら2種類のURSP rulesの選択方法、送受信方法、UE又はネットワーク装置におけるURSP rulesの記憶又は管理の取り扱いに関する手続き、手法の詳細が明確になっていない。 URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules provided as one of the policy information used when the UE connects to the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network, are conventionally supported only for URSP rules associated with HPLMN. Ta. On the other hand, in the study of 5G UE policy expansion, further support for URSP rules associated with VPLMN is being studied. The details of procedures and methods for handling the storage or management of personal information are not clear.
 本発明は、以上のような事情を鑑みてなされたものであり、VPLMNに接続したUE、及びネットワークの各装置が、適切なURSP rulesを選択する方法や、選択されたURSP rulesを配信するための手続き、及びこれらを実行するために必要となるUEとネットワーク間で送受信される情報及び手続きを提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the circumstances as described above. , and the information and procedures sent and received between the UE and the network that are required to implement these.
 本発明の実施形態の、UE(User Equipment)は、送受信部と記憶部と制御部とを備えるUE(User Equipment)であって、前記記憶部は、第1のURSP rulesを記憶し、前記第1のURSP(UE Route Selection Policy) rulesは、HPLMN(Home Public Land Mobile Network)と関連付けられたURSP rulesであり、前記送受信部は、登録手続き中に開始されるURSP rulesを受信するための手続きにおいて、第2のURSP rulesを受信し、前記第2のURSP rulesは、VPLMN(Visited Public Land Mobile Network)と関連付けられたURSP rulesであり、前記制御部は、前記記憶部に、前記第1のURSP rulesを削除せず、前記第2のURSP rulesを記憶する、ことを特徴とする。 A UE (User Equipment) according to the embodiment of the present invention is a UE (User Equipment) that includes a transmitting/receiving unit, a storage unit, and a control unit. URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules of 1 are URSP rules associated with HPLMN (Home Public Land Mobile Network), and the transmitting/receiving unit, in the procedure for receiving the URSP rules started during the registration procedure , receives second URSP rules, said second URSP rules being URSP rules associated with a VPLMN (Visited Public Land Mobile Network), said control unit storing said first URSP rules in said storage unit The second URSP rules are stored without deleting the rules.
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、ローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNに登録し、接続したUEは、接続先のネットワークにおいてUEポリシー情報の一つとして提供されるURSP rulesとして、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules又は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesのいずれかを選択するための手法の提供が可能となる。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, a UE that has registered and connected to a VPLMN, which is a roaming destination network, is associated with HPLMN as URSP rules provided as one of UE policy information in the destination network. It is possible to provide a method for selecting either the URSP rules or the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の概略を説明する図である。1 is a diagram explaining an outline of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS); FIG. 移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の詳細構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a detailed configuration of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS); UEの装置構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the apparatus structure of UE. 5GSにおけるアクセスネットワーク装置(gNB)の構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram explaining the configuration of an access network device (gNB) in 5GS; 5GSにおけるコアネットワーク装置(AMF/SMF/UPF/PCF)の構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of core network devices (AMF/SMF/UPF/PCF) in 5GS; 登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining a registration procedure. UEポリシー配信手続きを説明する図である。FIG. 10 is a diagram explaining a UE policy delivery procedure;
 以下、図面を参照して本発明を実施する為に最良の形態について説明する。尚、本実施形態では1例として、本発明を適用した場合の移動通信システムの実施形態について説明する。 The best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this embodiment, as an example, an embodiment of a mobile communication system to which the present invention is applied will be described.
 [1. システムの概要]
 まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。
[1. System Overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1. As shown in FIG.
 図1には、移動通信システム1は、UE_A10、アクセスネットワーク_A80、コアネットワーク_A90、PDN(Packet Data Network)_A5、アクセスネットワーク_B120、コアネットワーク_B190、DN(Data Network)_A6により構成されることが記載されている。 In Fig. 1, a mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network)_A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (Data Network)_A6. It is stated that
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DN等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices and functions may be described with abbreviated symbols such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. .
 また、図2には、UE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、UDM150、N3IWF170等の装置・機能、及びこれらの装置・機能を互いに接続するインターフェースが記載されている。 In addition, Fig. 2 shows devices and functions such as UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc. The interfaces that connect these devices/functions together are described.
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、E-UTRAN、MME、SGW、PGW-U、PGW-C、PCRF、HSS、5G AN、AMF、UPF、SMF、PCF、UDM、N3IWF等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices/functions are described as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5G AN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, N3IWF, etc. , symbols may be omitted.
 尚、4GシステムであるEPS(Evolved Packet System)は、アクセスネットワーク_A及びコアネットワーク_Aを含んで構成されるが、さらにUE及び/又はPDNが含まれてもよい。また、5Gシステムである5GS(5G System)は、UE、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを含んで構成されるが、さらにDNが含まれてもよい。 The EPS (Evolved Packet System), which is a 4G system, includes access network_A and core network_A, but may also include UE and/or PDN. Also, 5GS (5G System), which is a 5G system, includes UE, access network_B, and core network_B, and may further include DN.
 UEは、3GPPアクセス(3GPPアクセスネットワーク、3GPP ANとも称する)及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセス(non-3GPPアクセスネットワーク、non-3GPP ANとも称する)を介して、ネットワークサービスに対して接続可能な装置である。UEは、携帯電話やスマートフォン等の無線通信が可能な端末装置であってよく、EPSにも5GSにも接続可能な端末装置であってよい。UEは、UICC(Universal Integrated Circuit Card)やeUICC(Embedded UICC)を備えてもよい。尚、UEのことをユーザ装置と表現してもよいし、端末装置と表現してもよい。 A UE is a device capable of connecting to network services via a 3GPP access (also called a 3GPP access network, 3GPP AN) and/or a non-3GPP access (also called a non-3GPP access network, non-3GPP AN). be. The UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device connectable to both EPS and 5GS. A UE may comprise a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that the UE may be expressed as a user equipment, or may be expressed as a terminal equipment.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Aは、E-UTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)及び/又は無線LANアクセスネットワークに対応する。E-UTRANには、1以上のeNB(evolved Node B)45が配置される。尚、以下では、eNB45は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。また、複数のeNBがある場合は、各eNBは、例えばX2インターフェースにより、互いに接続されている。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークには、1以上のアクセスポイントが配置される。 Also, access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or wireless LAN access network. One or more eNBs (evolved Node Bs) 45 are arranged in the E-UTRAN. In addition, below, eNB45 may be described by abbreviate|omitting a symbol like eNB. Also, if there are multiple eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other, for example, by an X2 interface. Also, one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Bは、5Gアクセスネットワーク(5G AN)に対応する。5G ANは、NG-RAN(NG Radio Access Network)及び/又はnon-3GPP アクセスネットワークで構成される。NG-RANには、1以上のgNB(NR NodeB)122が配置される。尚、以下では、gNB122は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。gNBは、NR(New Radio)ユーザプレーンと制御プレーンをUEに提供するノードであり、5GCNに対してNGインターフェース(N2インターフェース又はN3インターフェースを含む)を介して接続するノードである。すなわち、gNBは、5GSのために新たに設計された基地局装置であり、4GシステムであるEPSで使用されていた基地局装置(eNB)とは異なる機能を有する。また、複数のgNBがある場合は、各gNBは、例えばXnインターフェースにより、互いに接続している。 In addition, access network_B corresponds to a 5G access network (5G AN). 5G AN consists of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and/or non-3GPP access network. One or more gNBs (NR NodeBs) 122 are arranged in the NG-RAN. In the following description, the gNB 122 may be described by omitting the symbol, such as eNB. gNB is a node that provides NR (New Radio) user plane and control plane to UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via NG interface (including N2 interface or N3 interface). In other words, the gNB is a base station apparatus newly designed for 5GS, and has functions different from those of the base station apparatus (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. Also, if there are multiple gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other, for example, by an Xn interface.
 また、non-3GPP アクセスネットワークは、信頼できない非3GPP(untrusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよいし、信頼できる非3GPP(trusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよい。ここで、信頼できない非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、例えば公衆無線LANなど、アクセスネットワーク内でセキュリティ管理を行わないnon-3GPPアクセスネットワークであってよい。一方で、信頼できる非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、3GPPが規定するアクセスネットワークであってよく、TNAP(trusted non-3GPP access point)とTNGF(trusted non-3GPP Gateway function)を備えていてもよい。 Also, the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP access network or a trusted non-3GPP access network. Here, the untrusted non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management within the access network, such as public wireless LAN. On the other hand, a trusted non-3GPP access network may be a 3GPP-specified access network and may comprise a trusted non-3GPP access point (TNAP) and a trusted non-3GPP Gateway function (TNGF).
 また、以下では、E-UTRANやNG-RANは、3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークやnon-3GPP ANは、non-3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、アクセスネットワーク_Bに配置されるノードを、まとめてNG-RANノードとも称することがある。 Also, hereinafter, E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access. Wireless LAN access networks and non-3GPP ANs are sometimes referred to as non-3GPP access. In addition, the nodes arranged in access network_B may also be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、アクセスネットワーク、又はアクセスネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。 Also, hereinafter, access network_A and/or access network_B and/or devices included in access network_A and/or devices included in access network_B are access networks or access network devices sometimes referred to as
 また、コアネットワーク_Aは、EPC(Evolved Packet Core)に対応する。EPCには、例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、SGW(Serving Gateway)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway)-U、PGW-C、PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function)、HSS(Home Subscriber Server)等が配置される。 In addition, Core Network_A supports EPC (Evolved Packet Core). EPC includes MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway)-U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. placed.
 また、コアネットワーク_Bは、5GCN(5G Core Network)に対応する。5GCNには、例えば、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、UPF(User Plane Function)、SMF(Session Management Function)、PCF(Policy Control Function)、UDM(Unified Data Management)等が配置される。ここで、5GCNは、5GCと表現されてもよい。 In addition, Core Network_B supports 5GCN (5G Core Network). In 5GCN, for example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management), etc. are arranged. Here, 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
 また、以下では、コアネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、コアネットワーク、又はコアネットワーク装置又はコアネットワーク内装置と称する場合がある。 Also, hereinafter, core network_A and/or core network_B, devices included in core network_A, and/or devices included in core network_B are the core network, or the core network device or the core network It may be called an internal device.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)は、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)と、PDN及び/又はDNとを接続した移動体通信事業者(Mobile Network Operator; MNO)が運用するIP移動通信ネットワークの事であってもよいし、移動通信システム1を運用、管理する移動体通信事業者の為のコアネットワークでもよいし、MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator)や、MVNE(Mobile Virtual Network Enabler)等の仮想移動通信事業者や仮想移動体通信サービス提供者の為のコアネットワークでもよい。 The core network (core network_A and/or core network_B) is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a network operator; ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), and other core networks for virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)と、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)は、移動体通信事業者毎に異なってもよい。 The core network (core network_A and/or core network_B) and the access network (access network_A and/or access network_B) may be different for each mobile communication carrier.
 また、図1では、PDNとDNが同一である場合が記載されているが、異なっていてもよい。PDNは、UEに通信サービスを提供するDN(Data Network)であってよい。尚、DNは、パケットデータサービス網として構成されてもよいし、サービス毎に構成されてもよい。さらに、PDNは、接続された通信端末を含んでもよい。従って、PDNと接続する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置と接続する事であってもよい。さらに、PDNとの間でユーザデータを送受信する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置とユーザデータを送受信する事であってもよい。尚、PDNのことをDNと表現してもよいし、DNのことをPDNと表現してもよい。 Also, in Fig. 1, the case where the PDN and DN are the same is described, but they may be different. The PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides communication services to the UE. Note that the DN may be configured as a packet data service network, or may be configured for each service. Additionally, the PDN may include connected communication terminals. Therefore, connecting to a PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or a server device located in the PDN. Furthermore, transmitting/receiving user data to/from the PDN may be transmitting/receiving user data to/from a communication terminal or a server apparatus arranged in the PDN. PDN may be expressed as DN, and DN may be expressed as PDN.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と呼称する場合がある。つまり、ネットワーク及び/又はネットワーク装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行するということは、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行することを意味する。 Also, hereinafter, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and/or one or more devices included therein are referred to as network or network device is sometimes called. That is, the fact that the network and/or network devices send/receive messages and/or perform procedures means that Access Network_A, Core Network_A, PDN, Access Network_B, Core Network_B, DN It means that at least some and/or one or more devices included therein send and receive messages and/or perform procedures.
 また、UEは、アクセスネットワークに接続することができる。また、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、コアネットワークと接続する事ができる。さらに、UEは、アクセスネットワーク及びコアネットワークを介して、PDN又はDNに接続する事ができる。すなわち、UEは、PDN又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータを送受信(通信)する事ができる。ユーザデータを送受信する際は、IP(Internet Protocol)通信だけでなく、non-IP通信を用いてもよい。 Also, the UE can connect to the access network. Also, the UE can connect to the core network via the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can transmit/receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When sending and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
 ここで、IP通信とは、IPを用いたデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットにより、データの送受信が行われる。IPパケットは、IPヘッダとペイロード部で構成される。ペイロード部には、EPSに含まれる装置・機能や、5GSに含まれる装置・機能が送受信するデータが含まれてよい。また、non-IP通信とは、IPを用いないデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットの構造とは異なる形式により、データの送受信が行われる。例えば、non-IP通信は、IPヘッダが付与されていないアプリケーションデータの送受信によって実現されるデータ通信でもよいし、マックヘッダやEthernet(登録商標)フレームヘッダ等の別のヘッダを付与してUEが送受信するユーザデータを送受信してもよい。 Here, IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is sent and received using IP packets. An IP packet consists of an IP header and a payload. The payload part may include data transmitted and received by devices/functions included in EPS and devices/functions included in 5GS. Non-IP communication is data communication that does not use IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of IP packets. For example, non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or may be data communication realized by attaching another header such as a MAC header or Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header to the UE. User data to be transmitted and received may be transmitted and received.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、PDN_A、DN_Aには、図2に記載されない装置が構成されていてもよい。例えば、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B及び/又はPDN_A及び/又はDN_Aには、AUSF(Authentication Server Function)やAAA(Authentication, authorization, and accounting)サーバ(AAA-S)が含まれてもよい。AAAサーバはコアネットワークの外に配置されてもよい。 In addition, devices not shown in FIG. 2 may be configured in access network_A, core network_A, access network_B, core network_B, PDN_A, and DN_A. For example, Core Network_A and/or Core Network_B and/or PDN_A and/or DN_A include an AUSF (Authentication Server Function) or an AAA (Authentication, authorization, and accounting) server (AAA-S). good too. AAA servers may be located outside the core network.
 ここで、AUSFは、3GPPアクセス及びnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証機能を備える、コアネットワーク装置である。具体的には、3GPPアクセス及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証の要求をUEから受信し、認証手続きを実行するネットワーク機能部である。 Here, AUSF is a core network device that has an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives a request for authentication for 3GPP access and/or non-3GPP access from the UE and performs an authentication procedure.
 また、AAAサーバは、AUSFと直接的または他のネットワーク装置を介して間接的に接続する、認証及び承認及び課金機能を備える、装置である。AAAサーバはコアネットワーク内のネットワーク装置であってもよい。なお、AAAサーバは、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれず、PLMN又はSNPNに含まれてもよい。つまり、AAAサーバはコアネットワーク装置であってもよいし、コアネットワークの外にある装置であってよい。例えば、AAAサーバは3rd Partyが管理する、PLMN又はSNPN内のサーバ装置であってもよい。  In addition, the AAA server is a device with authentication and authorization and billing functions that connects directly with AUSF or indirectly via other network devices. The AAA server may be a network device within the core network. Note that the AAA server may not be included in CoreNetwork_A and/or CoreNetwork_B, but may be included in PLMN or SNPN. That is, the AAA server may be a core network device or a device outside the core network. For example, the AAA server may be a server device within the PLMN or SNPN managed by the 3rd Party.
 なお、図2では、図の簡略化のため、各装置・機能は1つずつ記載したが、移動通信システム1には複数の同様の装置・機能が構成されてもよい。具体的には、移動通信システム1には複数のUE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、及び/又はUDM150等の装置・機能が構成されていてもよい。 In FIG. 2, each device/function is described one by one for the sake of simplification of the drawing, but the mobile communication system 1 may be configured with a plurality of similar devices/functions. Specifically, the mobile communication system 1 includes a plurality of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and/or UDM150. Such devices and functions may be configured.
 [2. 各装置の構成]
 次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されてもよいし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されてもよいし、ソフトウェアとして構成されてもよい。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されてもよい。
[2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE and/or access network device and/or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. Each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. may be Also, at least part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
 尚、以下で登場する各装置・機能内の各記憶部(記憶部_A340、記憶部_A440、記憶部_B540)は、例えば、半導体メモリ、SSD(Solid State Drive)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)等で構成されている。また、各記憶部は、出荷段階からもともと設定されていた情報だけでなく、自装置・機能以外の装置・機能(例えば、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDN)との間で、送受信した各種の情報を記憶する事ができる。また、各記憶部は、後述する各種の通信手続き内で送受信する制御メッセージに含まれる識別情報、制御情報、フラグ、パラメータ等を記憶することができる。また、各記憶部は、これらの情報をUE毎に記憶してもよい。また、各記憶部は、5GSとEPSとの間のインターワークをした場合には、5GS及び/又はEPS内に含まれる装置・機能との間で送受信した制御メッセージやユーザデータを記憶することができる。このとき、N26インターフェースを介して送受信されたものだけでなく、N26インターフェースを介さずに送受信されたものも記憶することができる。 In addition, each storage unit (storage unit_A340, storage unit_A440, storage unit_B540) in each device and function that appears below is, for example, a semiconductor memory, SSD (Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive) ), etc. In addition, each storage unit stores not only information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices/functions other than the own device/function (for example, UE, and/or access network device, and/or core network device, and/or or PDN and/or DN), and can store various types of information sent and received. Further, each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, etc. included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures to be described later. Also, each storage unit may store these pieces of information for each UE. In addition, when interworking between 5GS and EPS, each storage unit can store control messages and user data sent and received between devices and functions included in 5GS and/or EPS. can. At this time, not only data sent and received via the N26 interface but also data sent and received without the N26 interface can be stored.
 [2.1. UEの装置構成]
 まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。
[2.1. Equipment configuration of UE]
First, a device configuration example of UE (User Equipment) will be described with reference to FIG. The UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission/reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340. The control unit_A300, transmission/reception unit_A320, and storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus. Transceiver_A 320 is connected to antenna 310 .
 制御部_A300は、UE全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_A300は、必要に応じて、記憶部_A340に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UEにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE. The control unit _A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit _A340 as necessary.
 送受信部_A320は、アンテナを介して、アクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置(eNB又はgNB)と無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いて、アクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can transmit/receive user data and/or control information to/from an access network device and/or a core network device and/or a PDN and/or a DN using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320. can.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、LTE-Uuインターフェースを介して、E-UTRAN内の基地局装置(eNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介してAMFとNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)メッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (eNB) in E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transceiver _A320. Also, the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (gNB) within the 5G AN by using the transceiver _A320. Also, the UE can transmit and receive AMF and NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages via the N1 interface by using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320. However, since the N1 interface is a logical one, in practice the communication between the UE and the AMF will take place over the 5G AN.
 記憶部_A340は、UEの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UE.
 [2.1.1. gNBの装置構成]
 次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B400、アンテナ410、ネットワーク接続部_B420、送受信部_B430、記憶部_B440で構成されている。制御部_B400、ネットワーク接続部_B420、送受信部_B430、記憶部_B440は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B430は、アンテナ410と接続している。
[2.1.1. Equipment configuration of gNB]
Next, a device configuration example of the gNB will be described using FIG. The gNB is composed of a control unit_B400, an antenna 410, a network connection unit_B420, a transmission/reception unit_B430, and a storage unit_B440. The control unit_B400, network connection unit_B420, transmission/reception unit_B430, and storage unit_B440 are connected via a bus. Transceiver_B 430 is connected to antenna 410 .
 制御部_B400は、gNB全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B400は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B440に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、gNBにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B400 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire gNB. The control unit_B400 realizes various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B440 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B420は、gNBが、AMF及び/又はUPFと通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B420を用いて、AMF及び/又はUPFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。  Network connection part_B420 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and/or UPF. That is, the gNB can transmit and receive user data and/or control information to/from AMF and/or UPF using Network Connection Unit_B420.
 送受信部_B430は、アンテナ410を介して、UEと無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、送受信部_B430を用いて、UEとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmitting/receiving unit_B430 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 410. That is, the gNB can transmit/receive user data and/or control information to/from the UE using the transmitting/receiving unit_B430.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5G AN内にあるgNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B420を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N3インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができる。また、gNBは、送受信部_B430を用いることにより、UEと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to Fig. 2, the gNB located in the 5G AN can communicate with the AMF through the N2 interface by using the Network Connection Part_B420, and the UPF through the N3 interface. can communicate with Also, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transceiver_B430.
 記憶部_B440は、gNBの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B440 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the gNB.
 [2.1.2. AMFの装置構成]
 次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.1.2. Equipment configuration of AMF]
Next, an example configuration of the AMF will be described with reference to FIG. The AMF is composed of a control unit_B500, a network connection unit_B520, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B500は、AMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、AMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF. The control unit_B500 realizes various processes in the AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B520は、AMFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。ネットワーク接続部_B520は、送受信部であってもよい。 The network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for AMF to connect with the base station equipment (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM, and/or SCEF. That is, AMF uses the network connection unit _B520 to use the user Data and/or control information can be sent and received. The network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるAMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A520を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N8インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができ、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N15インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができる。また、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A520を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介して、UEとNASメッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。また、AMFは、N26インターフェースをサポートする場合、ネットワーク接続部_A520を用いることにより、N26インターフェースを介して、MMEと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, AMF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB through N2 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with UDM through N8 interface. It can communicate with SMF via the N11 interface and with PCF via the N15 interface. Also, the AMF can transmit and receive NAS messages with the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A520. However, since the N1 interface is a logical one, in practice the communication between the UE and the AMF will take place over the 5G AN. Also, when the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A520.
 記憶部_B540は、AMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of AMF.
 尚、AMFは、N2インターフェースを用いたRANとの制御メッセージを交換する機能、N1インターフェースを用いたUEとのNASメッセージを交換する機能、NASメッセージの暗号化及び完全性保護を行う機能、登録管理(Registration management; RM)機能、接続管理(Connection management; CM)機能、到達可能性管理(Reachability management)機能、UE等の移動性管理(Mobility management)機能、UEとSMF間のSM(Session Management)メッセージを転送する機能、アクセス認証(Access Authentication、Access Authorization)機能、セキュリティアンカー機能(SEA; Security Anchor Functionality)、セキュリティコンテキスト管理(SCM; Security Context Management)機能、N3IWF(Non-3GPP Interworking Function)に対するN2インターフェースをサポートする機能、N3IWFを介したUEとのNAS信号の送受信をサポートする機能、N3IWFを介して接続するUEの認証する機能等を有する。 The AMF has functions to exchange control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, functions to exchange NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, encryption and integrity protection functions for NAS messages, and registration management. (Registration management; RM) function, Connection management (CM) function, Reachability management function, Mobility management function for UE, SM (Session Management) between UE and SMF N2 for message forwarding function, Access Authentication, Access Authorization function, Security Anchor Functionality (SEA), Security Context Management (SCM) function, N3IWF (Non-3GPP Interworking Function) It has a function to support interfaces, a function to support transmission and reception of NAS signals with UEs via N3IWF, a function to authenticate UEs connected via N3IWF, and so on.
 また、登録管理では、UEごとのRM状態が管理される。RM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。RM状態としては、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)と、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)がある。RM-DEREGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されていないため、AMFにおけるUEコンテキストが、そのUEに対する有効な位置情報やルーティング情報を持っていない為、AMFはUEに到達できない状態である。また、RM-REGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されているため、UEはネットワークとの登録が必要なサービスを受信することができる。尚、RM状態は、5GMM状態(5GMM state)と表現されてもよい。この場合、RM-DEREGISTERED状態は、5GMM-DEREGISTERED状態と表現されてもよいし、RM-REGISTERED状態は、5GMM-REGISTERED状態と表現されてもよい。 In addition, registration management manages the RM state for each UE. The RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF. RM states include a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state). In the RM-DEREGISTERED state, the UE is not registered with the network, so the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location and routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE. Also, in the RM-REGISTERED state, the UE is registered with the network so that the UE can receive services that require registration with the network. Note that the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state. In this case, the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state, and the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
 言い換えると、5GMM-REGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよいし、PDUセッションコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、ユーザデータや制御メッセージの送受信を開始してもよいし、ページングに対して応答してもよい。さらに、尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続き、及び/又はサービス要求手続きを実行してもよい。 In other words, 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state in which each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established. Note that if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A 10 may start sending and receiving user data and control messages, and may respond to paging. Furthermore, it should be noted that if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A 10 may perform registration procedures other than those for initial registration and/or service request procedures.
 さらに、5GMM-DEREGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立していない状態であってもよいし、UE_A10の位置情報がネットワークに把握されていない状態であってもよいし、ネットワークがUE_A10に到達不能である状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-DEREGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、登録手続きを開始してもよいし、登録手続きを実行することで5GMMコンテキストを確立してもよい。 Furthermore, 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not grasped by the network, or a state where the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in a state of being disabled. Note that if each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A 10 may initiate a registration procedure or establish a 5GMM context by performing the registration procedure.
 また、接続管理では、UEごとのCM状態が管理される。CM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。CM状態としては、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)と、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)がある。CM-IDLE状態では、UEはRM-REGISTERED状態にあるが、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っていない。また、CM-IDLE状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及びN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていない。一方、CM-CONNECTED状態では、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っている。また、CM-CONNECTED状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及び/又はN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていてもよい。 Also, connection management manages the CM state for each UE. CM states may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF. CM states include a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state). In CM-IDLE state, the UE is in RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with AMF over the N1 interface. Also, in the CM-IDLE state, the UE does not have a connection of the N2 interface (N2 connection) and a connection of the N3 interface (N3 connection). On the other hand, in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Also, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have a connection on the N2 interface (N2 connection) and/or a connection on the N3 interface (N3 connection).
 さらに、接続管理では、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態と、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態とで分けて管理されてもよい。この場合、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access)と、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access)とがあってよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access)と、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access)とがあってよい。尚、非接続状態はアイドルモード表現されてもよく、接続状態モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, in connection management, the CM state for 3GPP access and the CM state for non-3GPP access may be managed separately. In this case, CM states in 3GPP access may include a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access. Furthermore, the CM states for non-3GPP access are the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) for non-3GPP access and the connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) for non-3GPP access. ). The non-connected state may be expressed as an idle mode, and the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 尚、CM状態は、5GMMモード(5GMM mode)と表現されてもよい。この場合、非接続状態は、5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode)と表現されてもよいし、接続状態は、5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode)と表現されてもよい。さらに、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。尚、5GMM非接続モードはアイドルモード表現されてもよく、5GMM接続モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。  The CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode. In this case, the disconnected state may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode, and the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode. Furthermore, the disconnected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access, and the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access. CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as non-3GPP access. - May be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access. Note that the 5GMM non-connected mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connected mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 また、AMFは、コアネットワーク_B内に1以上配置されてもよい。また、AMFは、1以上のNSI(Network Slice Instance)を管理するNFでもよい。また、AMFは、複数のNSI間で共有される共有CPファンクション(CCNF; Common CPNF(Control Plane Network Function))でもよい。 Also, one or more AMFs may be placed in core network_B. Also, the AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances). The AMF may also be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among multiple NSIs.
 尚、N3IWFは、UEが5GSに対してnon-3GPPアクセスを介して接続する場合に、non-3GPPアクセスと5GCNとの間に配置される装置及び/又は機能である。 Note that N3IWF is a device and/or function placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
 [2.1.3. SMFの装置構成]
 次に、SMF132の装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.1.3. Equipment configuration of SMF]
Next, an example of the configuration of the SMF 132 will be described with reference to FIG. The SMF is composed of a control unit_B500, a network connection unit_B520, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node handling the control plane.
 制御部_B500は、SMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、SMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF. The control unit_B500 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B520は、SMFが、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、SMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。ネットワーク接続部_B520は、送受信部であってもよい。 The network connection part_B520 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and/or UPF and/or PCF and/or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and/or control information to/from AMF and/or UPF and/or PCF and/or UDM using Network Connection Unit_B520. The network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるSMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A520を用いることにより、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができ、N10インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, SMF in 5GCN can communicate with AMF through N11 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with UPF through N4 interface. Through the N7 interface, it can communicate with the PCF, and through the N10 interface, it can communicate with the UDM.
 記憶部_B540は、SMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
 SMFは、PDUセッションの確立・修正・解放等のセッション管理(Session Management)機能、UEに対するIPアドレス割り当て(IP address allocation)及びその管理機能、UPFの選択と制御機能、適切な目的地(送信先)へトラフィックをルーティングする為のUPFの設定機能、NASメッセージのSM部分を送受信する機能、下りリンクのデータが到着したことを通知(Downlink Data Notification)する機能、AMF経由でN2インターフェースを介してANに送信されるAN特有の(ANごとの)SM情報を提供する機能、セッションに対するSSCモード(Session and Service Continuity mode)を決定する機能、ローミング機能等を有する。 The SMF has session management functions such as establishment, modification, and release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation for UEs and their management functions, UPF selection and control functions, appropriate destinations (destination ), a function to send and receive the SM part of NAS messages, a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via the N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide AN-specific (for each AN) SM information sent to the network, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, etc.
 [2.1.4. UPFの装置構成]
 次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.1.4. UPF equipment configuration]
Next, an example configuration of the UPF will be described with reference to FIG. The UPF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. A UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、UPF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UPFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF. The control unit_B700 implements various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、UPFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、UPFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。ネットワーク接続部_B520は、送受信部であってもよい。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for UPF to connect with base station equipment (gNB) in 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or DN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection unit _B720 to transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the base station device (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or SMF, and/or DN. can be done. The network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるUPFは、ネットワーク接続部_A520を用いることにより、N3インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N6インターフェースを介して、DNと通信することができ、N9インターフェースを介して、他のUPFと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, UPF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB through N3 interface by using network connection part_A520, and with SMF through N4 interface. It can communicate, through the N6 interface it can communicate with DNs, and it can communicate with other UPFs through the N9 interface.
 記憶部_B740は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
 UPFは、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカーポイントとしての機能、DNに相互接続するための外部PDUセッションポイントとしての機能(つまり、DNとコアネットワーク_Bとの間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータを転送する機能)、パケットのルーティング及び転送する機能、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホーム(multi-homed)PDUセッションをサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS (Quality of Service) 処理機能、上りリンクトラフィックの検証機能、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)をトリガーする機能等を有する。 The UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting DNs (i.e. as a gateway between DNs and Core Network_B, allowing users data forwarding function), packet routing and forwarding function, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows for one DN, multi-homed PDU session support It has branching point function, QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for user plane, uplink traffic verification function, downlink packet buffering, downlink data notification trigger function, etc.
 また、UPFは、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。また、UPFは、IP通信を転送する機能を持ってもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_Bと単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPFは、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。 Also, the UPF may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication. Also, the UPF may have the function of transferring IP communication, or the function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Furthermore, multiple gateways may be gateways that connect core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
 尚、ユーザプレーン(user plane)は、UEとネットワークとの間で送受信されるユーザデータ(user data)のことである。ユーザプレーンは、PDNコネクション、又はPDUセッションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及び/又はS1-Uインターフェース、及び/又はS5インターフェース、及び/又はS8インターフェース、及び/又はSGiインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及び/又はN3インターフェース、及び/又はN9インターフェース、及び/又はN6インターフェースを介して送受信されてもよい。以下、ユーザプレーンは、U-PlaneまたはUPと表現されてもよい。 Note that the user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network. User plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session. Furthermore, for EPS, the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and/or the S1-U interface and/or the S5 interface and/or the S8 interface and/or the SGi interface. Furthermore, for 5GS, the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and/or the N3 interface, and/or the N9 interface, and/or the N6 interface. Hereinafter, the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane or UP.
 さらに、制御プレーン(control plane)は、UEの通信制御等を行うために送受信される制御メッセージのことである。制御プレーンは、UEとMMEとの間のNAS (Non-Access-Stratum)シグナリングコネクションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、制御プレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及びS1-MMEインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、制御プレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及びN2インターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。以下、制御プレーンは、コントロールプレーンと表現されてもよいし、C-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, the control plane is a control message that is sent and received to control UE communication. The control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME. Additionally, for EPS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface. Furthermore, for 5GS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG RAN and the N2 interface. Hereinafter, the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or as a C-Plane.
 さらに、U-Plane(User Plane; UP)は、ユーザデータを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、C-Plane(Control Plane; CP)は、制御メッセージを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。 Furthermore, the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication channel for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of multiple bearers. Furthermore, the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of multiple bearers.
 [2.1.5. PCFの装置構成]
 次に、各実施形態で使用されるPCFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。PCFは、制御部_500、ネットワーク接続部_520、記憶部_540で構成されている。制御部_500、ネットワーク接続部_520、記憶部_540は、バスを介して接続されている。
[2.1.5. Equipment configuration of PCF]
Next, a configuration example of the PCF used in each embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The PCF is composed of a control unit_500, a network connection unit_520, and a storage unit_540. The control unit_500, network connection unit_520, and storage unit_540 are connected via a bus.
 制御部_500は、PCF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。尚、制御部_500は、PCFにおける他の機能部(ネットワーク接続部_520、記憶部_540)が有さない全ての機能を処理してもよい。制御部_500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、PCFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire PCF. Note that the control unit_500 may process all the functions that other functional units (network connection unit_520, storage unit_540) in the PCF do not have. The control unit_500 implements various processes in the PCF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_540 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_520は、PCFが、AMF、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はAF(Application Function)と接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、PCFは、ネットワーク接続部_520を用いて、AMF、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はAFとの間で、制御情報を送受信することができる。ネットワーク接続部_B520は、送受信部であってもよい。 The network connection unit_520 is a functional unit for PCF to connect with AMF and/or SMF and/or AF (Application Function). That is, the PCF can transmit and receive control information to and from AMF and/or SMF and/or AF using network connection unit_520. The network connection unit_B520 may be a transmission/reception unit.
 PCFは、ネットワーク接続部_520を用いることにより、N15インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N5インターフェース(PCFとAF間のインターフェース)を介して、AFと通信することができる。 PCF can communicate with AMF via N15 interface by using network connection part_520, can communicate with SMF via N7 interface, and can communicate with N5 interface (interface between PCF and AF). ) to communicate with AF.
 記憶部_540は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
 尚、PCFは、統一されたポリシーフレームワークをサポートする機能、それらを強制するために制御機能(control plane function)に対してポリシールールを提供する機能、登録情報(subscription information)にアクセスする機能などを有している。また、PCFは、PCCルール、及び/又は第1のPCCルール、及び/又は第2のPCCルール、及びURSP(UE Route Selection Policy)ルール(URSP rule(s))等を生成する機能も有している。これらの機能は、全て制御部_500によって制御されてよい。 PCF also includes functions to support a unified policy framework, provide policy rules to control plane functions to enforce them, access subscription information, etc. have. The PCF also has a function to generate PCC rules, and/or first PCC rules, and/or second PCC rules, and URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules (URSP rule(s)). ing. These functions may all be controlled by the control unit_500.
 また、本明細書では、HPLMN内のPCFをH-PCF(Home PCF)、VPLMN内のPCFをV-PCF(Visited PCF)とも称する。更に、例えば、H-PCFが生成したURSP rulesをHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules、V-PCFが生成したURSP rulesをVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesとも称する。 In this specification, the PCF in HPLMN is also called H-PCF (Home PCF), and the PCF in VPLMN is also called V-PCF (Visited PCF). Further, for example, URSP rules generated by H-PCF are also referred to as URSP rules associated with HPLMN, and URSP rules generated by V-PCF are also referred to as URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
 ローミング時、V-PCFはH-PCFとN24インターフェース(PCF間のインターフェース)を介して接続することができる。すなわち、V-PCFは、ネットワーク接続部_520を用いて、H-PCFとの間で、制御情報を送受信することができる。 When roaming, V-PCF can be connected via H-PCF and N24 interface (interface between PCFs). That is, the V-PCF can transmit and receive control information to and from the H-PCF using the network connection unit_520.
 [2.1.6. その他の装置及び/又は機能の説明]
 次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能について説明を行う。
[2.1.6. Description of other devices and/or functions]
Next, other devices and/or functions are described.
 PCFは、ポリシールールを提供する機能等を有する。 The PCF has functions such as providing policy rules.
 また、UDMは、認証情報処理(Authentication credential processing)機能、ユーザ識別処理機能、アクセス認証機能、登録/移動性管理機能、加入者情報の管理(subscription management)機能等を有する。 In addition, the UDM has authentication credential processing function, user identification processing function, access authentication function, registration/mobility management function, subscription management function, etc.
 また、PCRFは、PGW及び/又はPDNに接続されており、データ配送に対するQoS管理を行う機能等を有する。例えば、UE_A10とPDN間の通信路のQoSの管理を行う。さらに、PCRFは、各装置がユーザデータを送受信する際に用いるPCC(Policy and Charging Control)ルール、及び/又はルーティングルールを作成、及び/又は管理する装置でもよい。 In addition, the PCRF is connected to the PGW and/or PDN and has functions such as QoS management for data delivery. For example, it manages the QoS of the communication path between UE_A10 and PDN. Furthermore, the PCRF may be a device that creates and/or manages PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rules and/or routing rules used when each device transmits and receives user data.
 また、HSSは、MME及び/又はSCEFに接続されており、加入者情報の管理を行う機能等を有する。HSSの加入者情報は、例えばMMEのアクセス制御の際に参照される。さらに、HSSは、MMEとは異なる位置管理装置と接続されていてもよい。 In addition, HSS is connected to MME and/or SCEF and has functions such as managing subscriber information. HSS subscriber information is referred to, for example, during MME access control. Furthermore, the HSS may be connected with a location management device different from the MME.
 [2.2. 本実施形態における用語の説明]
 次に、各実施形態で用いられる、専門性の高い用語や、手続きで使用される識別情報について説明を行う。
[2.2. Explanation of terms in this embodiment]
Next, highly technical terms used in each embodiment and identification information used in procedures will be described.
 ネットワーク(NW)とは、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部を指す。また、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部に含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と称してもよい。つまり、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワーク内の装置(ネットワーク装置、及び/又は制御装置)がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク内の装置がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。  Network (NW) refers to at least part of Access Network_B, Core Network_B, and DN. Also, one or more devices included in at least part of access network_B, core network_B, and DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. In other words, the fact that a network performs message transmission/reception and/or processing may mean that a device in the network (a network device and/or a control device) performs message transmission/reception and/or processing. . Conversely, a device in the network performing message transmission/reception and/or processing may mean that the network performs message transmission/reception and/or processing.
 さらに、ネットワークは、PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)を指してもよいし、NPN(Non-Public Network)を指してもよいし、SNPN(Stand-alone Non-Public Network)を指してもよい。さらに、UEがネットワーク選択を行うと表現した場合、UEがPLMN選択を行うことを示してもよいし、UEがSNPN選択を行うことを示してもよい。尚、本明細書では、アクセスネットワーク、コアネットワーク、PLMN、SNPNをネットワーク又はNWとも称する。 Furthermore, the network may refer to PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network), NPN (Non-Public Network), or SNPN (Stand-alone Non-Public Network). Furthermore, when it is expressed that the UE performs network selection, it may indicate that the UE performs PLMN selection, or it may indicate that the UE performs SNPN selection. In this specification, the access network, core network, PLMN, and SNPN are also referred to as network or NW.
 また、SM(セッションマネジメント)メッセージ(NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SMメッセージとも称する)は、SMのための手続きで用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、AMF_A240を介してUE_A10とSMF_A230の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立要求(PDU session establishment request)メッセージ、PDUセッション確立受諾(PDU session establishment accept)メッセージ、PDUセッション拒絶(PDU session establishment reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更要求(PDU session modification request)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更コマンド(PDU session modification command)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更完了メッセージ(PDU session modification complete)、PDUセッション変更コマンド拒絶(PDU session modification command reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更拒絶(PDU session modification reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放要求(PDU session release request)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放拒絶(PDU session release reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放コマンド(PDU session release command)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放完了(PDU session release complete)メッセージ等が含まれてもよい。また、SMのための手続きまたはSM手続きには、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、PDUセッション変更手続き(PDU session modification procedure)、PDUセッション解放手続き(UE-requested PDU session release procedure)が含まれてもよい。なお、各手続きは、UEから開始される手続きであってもよいし、NWから開始される手続きであってもよい。 SM (Session Management) messages (also called NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM messages) may be NAS messages used in procedures for SM, and are transmitted and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. may be a control message that In addition, SM messages include a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment accept message, a PDU session establishment reject message, a PDU session modification request message, and a PDU session establishment request message. request) message, PDU session modification command message, PDU session modification complete message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification reject message. PDU session release request message, PDU session release reject message, PDU session release command message, PDU session release complete A message or the like may be included. In addition, the procedure for SM or SM procedure includes PDU session establishment procedure, PDU session modification procedure, PDU session release procedure (UE-requested PDU session release procedure). may be Note that each procedure may be a procedure started from the UE, or may be a procedure started from the NW.
 また、MM(Mobility management)メッセージ(またはNAS MMメッセージとも称する)は、MMのための手続きに用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、UE_A10とAMF_A240の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、MMメッセージには、登録要求(Registration request)メッセージ、登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージ、登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージ、登録解除要求(De-registration request)メッセージ、登録解除受諾(De-registration accept)メッセージ、configuration updateコマンド(configuration update command)メッセージ、設定更新受諾(configuration update complete)メッセージ、サービス要求(Service request)メッセージ、サービス受諾(Service accept)メッセージ、サービス拒絶(Service reject)メッセージ、通知(Notification)メッセージ、通知応答(Notification response)メッセージ等が含まれてよい。また、MMのための手続きまたはMM手続きは、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、登録解除手続き(De-registration procedure)、ジェネリックUE設定更新(Generic UE configuration update)手続き、認証・承認手続き、サービス要求手続き(Service request procedure)、ページング手続き(Paging procedure)、通知手続き(Notification procedure)が含まれてよい。  In addition, MM (Mobility management) messages (also referred to as NAS MM messages) may be NAS messages used in procedures for MM, and may be control messages transmitted and received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240. In addition, MM messages include a Registration request message, a Registration accept message, a Registration reject message, a De-registration request message, a De-registration accept message. ) message, configuration update command message, configuration update complete message, Service request message, Service accept message, Service reject message, Notification ) message, Notification response message, etc. In addition, procedures for MM or MM procedures include Registration procedure, De-registration procedure, Generic UE configuration update procedure, Authentication/Authorization procedure, Service request procedure ( Service request procedure), Paging procedure, Notification procedure.
 また、5GS(5G System)サービスは、コアネットワーク_B190を用いて提供される接続サービスでよい。さらに、5GSサービスは、EPSサービスと異なるサービスでもよいし、EPSサービスと同様のサービスでもよい。  In addition, the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Furthermore, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
 また、non 5GSサービスは、5GSサービス以外のサービスでよく、EPSサービス、及び/又はnon EPSサービスが含まれてもよい。  In addition, non-5GS services may be services other than 5GS services, and may include EPS services and/or non-EPS services.
 また、PDN(Packet Data Network)タイプとは、PDNコネクションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、non-IPがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv4v6が指定された場合は、IPv4又はIPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。non-IPが指定された場合は、IPを用いた通信ではなく、IP以外の通信方法によって通信する事を示す。 Also, the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, including IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. When IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6. When non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is to be performed by a communication method other than IP, rather than using IP.
 また、アクセスタイプ(Access type)には、3GPPアクセスとnon-3GPPアクセスの2種類がある。ここで、アクセスタイプを示す情報は、アクセスタイプ情報要素(Access type Information Element (IE))として構成されていてよく、例えば、UEとコアネットワークのシグナリング又はユーザデータの送受信で使用されるアクセスタイプを示す識別情報であってよい。 Also, there are two types of access types: 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Here, the information indicating the access type may be configured as an access type information element (IE). It may be identification information to indicate.
 また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションとは、PDU接続性サービスを提供するDNとUEとの間の関連性として定義することができるが、UEと外部ゲートウェイとの間で確立される接続性であってもよい。UEは、5GSにおいて、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを介したPDUセッションを確立することにより、PDUセッションを用いて、DNとの間のユーザデータの送受信を行うことができる。ここで、この外部ゲートウェイとは、UPF、SCEF等であってよい。UEは、PDUセッションを用いて、DNに配置されるアプリケーションサーバ等の装置と、ユーザデータの送受信を実行する事ができる。 A PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) session can also be defined as an association between a DN that provides PDU connectivity services and a UE, but is established between the UE and an external gateway. connectivity. In 5GS, by establishing a PDU session via access network_B and core network_B, the UE can transmit and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session. Here, the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like. A UE can transmit and receive user data to and from a device such as an application server located in a DN using a PDU session.
 尚、各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)は、PDUセッションに対して、1以上の識別情報を対応づけて管理してもよい。尚、これらの識別情報には、DNN、QoSルール、PDUセッションタイプ、アプリケーション識別情報、NSI識別情報、アクセスネットワーク識別情報、及びSSC modeのうち1以上が含まれてもよいし、その他の情報がさらに含まれてもよい。さらに、PDUセッションを複数確立する場合には、PDUセッションに対応づけられる各識別情報は、同じ内容でもよいし、異なる内容でもよい。 Each device (UE, and/or access network device, and/or core network device) may associate and manage one or more pieces of identification information with respect to a PDU session. These identities may include one or more of DNN, QoS rules, PDU session type, application identities, NSI identities, access network identities, and SSC mode, and other information. Further may be included. Furthermore, when multiple PDU sessions are established, each piece of identification information associated with a PDU session may have the same content or different content.
 また、DNN(Data Network Name)は、コアネットワーク及び/又はDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、DNNは、コアネットワーク_B190を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。さらに、DNNは、APN(Access Point Name)に相当するものでもよい。 Also, the DNN (Data Network Name) may be identification information that identifies the core network and/or the external network such as DN. Furthermore, DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30/UPF_A235 that connects core network_B190. Furthermore, DNN may correspond to APN (Access Point Name).
 また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションタイプは、PDUセッションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、Ethernet、Unstructuredがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。Ethernetが指定された場合は、Ethernetフレームの送受信を行うことを示す。また、Ethernetは、IPを用いた通信を行わないことを示してもよい。Unstructuredが指定された場合は、Point-to-Point(P2P)トンネリング技術を用いて、DNにあるアプリケーションサーバ等にデータを送受信することを示す。P2Pトンネリング技術としては、例えば、UDP/IPのカプセル化技術を用いてもよい。尚、PDUセッションタイプには、上記の他にIPが含まれてもよい。IPは、UEがIPv4とIPv6の両方を使用可能である場合に指定する事ができる。  In addition, the PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Also, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. If Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received to an application server, etc. in the DN using Point-to-Point (P2P) tunneling technology. For example, UDP/IP encapsulation technology may be used as the P2P tunneling technology. Note that the PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE is capable of using both IPv4 and IPv6.
 また、PLMN(Public land mobile network)は、移動無線通信サービスを提供する通信ネットワークである。PLMNは、(移動体)通信事業者であるオペレータが管理するネットワークであり、PLMN IDにより、オペレータを識別することができる。また、オペレータは1以上の複数のPLMNを管理していてもよい。尚、本稿でPLMNはPLMN IDを意味してもよい。UEのIMSI(International Mobile Subscriber Identity)のMCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)と一致するPLMNはHome PLMN(HPLMN)であってよい。 Also, PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) is a communication network that provides mobile wireless communication services. A PLMN is a network managed by an operator who is a (mobile) communication carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID. Also, an operator may manage one or more PLMNs. In this paper, PLMN may mean PLMN ID. The PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the UE may be the Home PLMN (HPLMN).
 さらに、UEは、USIM(Universal Subscriber Identity Module)に1又は複数のE-HPLMN(Equivalent HPLMN、等価HPLMN)を識別するための、Equivalent HPLMN listを保持していてもよい。HPLMN、及び/又はE-HPLMNと異なるPLMNはVPLMN(Visited PLMN又はVPLMN;訪問先PLMN)であってよい。また、UEが登録を成功したPLMNはRPLMN(Registered PLMN、登録PLMN)であってよい。現在のPLMN(current PLMN)とは、UEが要求するPLMN、及び/又はUEが選択したPLMN、及び/又はRPLMN、及び/又はネットワークが許可したPLMN、及び/又はメッセージを送受信するコアネットワーク装置が属するPLMNであってもよい。尚、PLMNによって提供されるサービスをPLMNサービスと称してもよいし、SNPNによって提供されるサービスをSNPNサービスと称してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may hold an Equivalent HPLMN list for identifying one or more E-HPLMNs (Equivalent HPLMN) in the USIM (Universal Subscriber Identity Module). A PLMN different from the HPLMN and/or E-HPLMN may be a VPLMN (Visited PLMN or VPLMN). Also, a PLMN that has been successfully registered by the UE may be an RPLMN (Registered PLMN). The current PLMN is defined as the PLMN requested by the UE and/or the PLMN selected by the UE and/or the RPLMN and/or the PLMN allowed by the network and/or the core network device sending and receiving the message. It may be the PLMN to which it belongs. A service provided by PLMN may be referred to as PLMN service, and a service provided by SNPN may be referred to as SNPN service.
 また、ネットワークスライス(NS)とは、特定のネットワーク能力及びネットワーク特性を提供する論理的なネットワークである。UE及び/又はネットワークは、5GSにおいて、ネットワークスライス(NWスライス; NS)をサポートすることができる。ネットワークスライスのことを、単にスライスとも呼称する場合がある。 A network slice (NS) is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics. The UE and/or network may support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS. A network slice may also simply be called a slice.
 また、ネットワークスライスインスタンス(NSI)とは、ネットワーク機能(NF)のインスタンス(実体)と、必要なリソースのセットで構成され、配置されるネットワークスライスを形成する。ここで、NFとは、ネットワークにおける処理機能であって、3GPPで採用又は定義されたものである。NSIはコアネットワーク_B内に1以上構成される、NSの実体である。また、NSIはNST(Network Slice Template)を用いて生成された仮想的なNF(Network Function)により構成されてもよい。 Also, a network slice instance (NSI) forms a network slice that is configured and arranged by a set of network function (NF) instances (entities) and necessary resources. Here, NF is a processing function in a network, which is adopted or defined by 3GPP. One or more NSIs are entities of NSs configured in core network_B. Also, the NSI may be composed of a virtual NF (Network Function) generated using an NST (Network Slice Template).
 ここで、NSTとは、要求される通信サービスや能力(capability)を提供する為のリソース要求に関連付けられ、1以上のNFの論理的表現である。つまり、NSIとは、複数のNFにより構成されたコアネットワーク_B190内の集合体でよい。また、NSIはサービス等によって配送されるユーザデータを分ける為に構成された論理的なネットワークでよい。NSには、1以上のNFが構成されてよい。NSに構成されるNFは、他のNSと共有される装置であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 Here, an NST is a logical representation of one or more NFs that are associated with resource requirements for providing required communication services and capabilities. In other words, the NSI may be an aggregate within the core network_B 190 composed of multiple NFs. Also, the NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by services or the like. One or more NFs may be configured in the NS. The NFs configured in the NS may or may not be devices shared with other NSs.
 UE、及び/又ネットワーク内の装置は、NSSAI、及び/又はS-NSSAI、及び/又はUE usage type、及び/又は1以上のNSI ID等の登録情報、及び/又はAPNに基づいて、1以上のNSに割り当てられることができる。尚、UE usage typeは、NSIを識別するための使用される、UEの登録情報に含まれるパラメータ値である。UE usage typeはHSSに記憶されていてよい。AMFはUE usage typeに基づきSMF132とUPFを選択してもよい。 The UE and/or devices in the network may, based on NSSAI and/or S-NSSAI and/or UE usage type and/or registration information such as one or more NSI IDs and/or APN can be assigned to the NS of Note that the UE usage type is a parameter value included in the registration information of the UE used to identify the NSI. UE usage type may be stored in HSS. AMF may choose between SMF132 and UPF based on UE usage type.
 また、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、NSを識別するための情報である。S-NSSAIは、SST(Slice/Service type)のみで構成されてもよいし、SSTとSD(Slice Differentiator)の両方で構成されてもよい。ここで、SSTとは、機能とサービスの面で期待されるNSの動作を示す情報である。また、SDは、SSTで示される複数のNSIから1つのNSIを選択する際に、SSTを補間する情報であってもよい。S-NSSAIは、PLMNごとに特有な情報であってもよいし、PLMN間で共通化された標準の情報であってもよい。また、ネットワークは、デフォルトS-NSSAIとして、UEの登録情報に1以上のS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。尚、S-NSSAIがデフォルトS-NSSAIである場合において、UEが登録要求メッセージにおいて有効なS-NSSAIをネットワークに送信しないときは、ネットワークは、UEに関係するNSを提供してもよい。 In addition, S-NSSAI (Single NetworkSlice Selection Assistance Information) is information for identifying NS. S-NSSAI may consist of only SST (Slice/Service type), or may consist of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator). Here, the SST is information indicating the expected behavior of the NS in terms of functions and services. Also, SD may be information for interpolating SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs indicated by SST. The S-NSSAI may be information unique to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs. The network may also store one or more S-NSSAIs in the UE's registration information as default S-NSSAIs. Note that if the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS associated with the UE.
 また、UEとNW間で送受信されるS-NSSAIは、S-NSSAI IE(Information element)と表現されてもよい。さらに、UEとNW間で送受信されるS-NSSAI IEは、登録PLMNのSST及び/又はSDで構成されるS-NSSAI、及び/又はそのS-NSSAIがマップされたHPLMNのS-NSSAIを示すSST及び/又はSDと、が構成されてもよい。UE及び/又はNWが記憶する一又は複数のS-NSSAIはSST及び/又はSDで構成されてもよいし、SST及び/又はSDで構成されるS-NSSAI、及び/又はそのS-NSSAIがマップされたHPLMNのS-NSSAIを示すSST及び/又はSDと、が構成されてもよい。 Also, the S-NSSAI sent and received between the UE and the NW may be expressed as an S-NSSAI IE (Information element). Furthermore, the S-NSSAI IE sent and received between the UE and the NW indicates the S-NSSAI composed of the SST and/or SD of the registered PLMN and/or the S-NSSAI of the HPLMN to which the S-NSSAI is mapped. SST and/or SD may be configured. One or more S-NSSAI stored by the UE and/or NW may be configured with SST and/or SD, or S-NSSAI configured with SST and/or SD and/or the S-NSSAI SST and/or SD indicating the S-NSSAI of the mapped HPLMN may be configured.
 また、NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、S-NSSAIの集まりである。NSSAIに含まれる、各S-NSSAIはアクセスネットワーク又はコアネットワークがNSIを選択するのをアシストする情報である。UEはPLMNごとにネットワークから許可されたNSSAIを記憶してもよい。また、NSSAIは、AMFを選択するのに用いられる情報であってよい。UEは各NSSAI(allowed NSSAI、及び/又はconfigured NSSAI、及び/又はrejected NSSAI、及び/又pending NSSAI、及び/又第1のNSSAI)を、PLMNとEPLMNに適用させてよい。 Also, NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is a collection of S-NSSAI. Each S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI is information that assists the access network or core network in selecting the NSI. The UE may store the NSSAI granted from the network per PLMN. Also, the NSSAI may be information used to select the AMF. The UE may apply each NSSAI (allowed NSSAI and/or configured NSSAI and/or rejected NSSAI and/or pending NSSAI and/or primary NSSAI) to PLMN and EPLMN.
 また、configured NSSAI(設定NSSAI)は、UEの中に供給され、記憶されているNSSAIである。UEは、PLMNごとにconfigured NSSAIを記憶してもよい。UEはPLMNと関連付けてconfigured NSSAIを記憶してもよい。なお、本稿では、PLMNに対応付けられたconfigured NSSAIを、PLMNに対するconfigured NSSAI、又はPLMNのconfigured NSSAI、またはPLMNのためのconfigured NSSAI、PLMNに関連付けられたconfigured NSSAIと表現してもよい。また、UEは、PLMNと関連付けられず、すべてのPLMNに有効なconfigured NSSAIを記憶してよく、そのようなconfigured NSSAIを「default configured NSSAI」としてもよい。 Also, the configured NSSAI is the NSSAI that is provided and stored in the UE. The UE may store the configured NSSAI per PLMN. The UE may store the configured NSSAI in association with the PLMN. In this paper, the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN may be expressed as the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, the configured NSSAI for the PLMN, or the configured NSSAI associated with the PLMN. Also, the UE may store a configured NSSAI that is not associated with any PLMN and is valid for all PLMNs, and may set such a configured NSSAI as a "default configured NSSAI".
 configured NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 A configured NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 configured NSSAIは、ネットワーク(又はPLMN)により設定された情報であってよい。configured NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはconfigured S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。configured S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。または、PLMNのS-NSSAIは「configured S-NSSAI」、そのconfigured S-NSSAIがHPLMNにマップされたS-NSSAIは「PLMNのためのconfigured NSSAIに対するmapped S-NSSAI」と表現されてもよい。 The configured NSSAI may be information configured by the network (or PLMN). An S-NSSAI included in a configured NSSAI may be expressed as a configured S-NSSAI. A configured S-NSSAI may be configured including an S-NSSAI and a mapped S-NSSAI. Alternatively, the PLMN's S-NSSAI may be expressed as "configured S-NSSAI", and the S-NSSAI mapped to the HPLMN as "mapped S-NSSAI to the configured NSSAI for the PLMN".
 また、requested NSSAI(要求NSSAI)は、登録手続き中にUEからネットワークに提供されるNSSAIである。登録手続きにおいて、UEが送信するrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは、UEが記憶するallowed NSSAI又はconfigured NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIであってよい。PDUセッション確立手続きにおいて、UEが送信するrequested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIは、UEが記憶するallowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIであってよい。 Also, the requested NSSAI is the NSSAI provided by the UE to the network during the registration procedure. In the registration procedure, the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI or configured NSSAI stored by the UE. In the PDU session establishment procedure, the S-NSSAI included in the requested NSSAI sent by the UE may be the S-NSSAI included in the allowed NSSAI stored by the UE.
 requested NSSAIは、UEが要求するネットワークスライスを示す情報であってよい。requested NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrequested S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。例えば、requested NSSAIは登録要求メッセージ、又はPDUセッション確立要求メッセージ等のUEからネットワークに送信されるNASメッセージ又はNAS(Non-Access-Stratum )メッセージを含めるRRC(Radio Resource Control)メッセージに含まれて送信される。 The requested NSSAI may be information indicating the network slice requested by the UE. An S-NSSAI included in a requested NSSAI may be expressed as a requested S-NSSAI. For example, the requested NSSAI is included in an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message including a NAS message or NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message sent from the UE to the network, such as a registration request message or a PDU session establishment request message. be done.
 また、allowed NSSAI(許可NSSAI)は、UEが許可された1又は複数ネットワークスライスを示す情報である。言い換えると、allowed NSSAIは、ネットワークがUEへ接続を許可した、ネットワークスライスを識別する情報である。  Allowed NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is permitted. In other words, the allowed NSSAI is information identifying network slices that the network has allowed to connect to the UE.
 UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、アクセス(3GPPアクセス又は非3GPPアクセス)ごとに、allowed NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。UE及び/又はNWは、さらに、登録エリアと関連付けてallowed NSSAIを管理してもよい。 The UE and/or NW may store and manage allowed NSSAI for each access (3GPP access or non-3GPP access) as UE information. The UE and/or NW may also manage allowed NSSAIs in association with registration areas.
 さらに、UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、PLMNに関連付けて、allowed NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。allowed NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 Furthermore, the UE and/or NW may store and manage the allowed NSSAI as UE information in association with the PLMN. An allowed NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 なお、本稿では、PLMNとアクセスタイプに対応付けられたallowed NSSAIを、PLMNとアクセスタイプに対するallowed NSSAI、又はPLMNのアクセスタイプに対するallowed NSSAIと表現してもよい。allowed NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはallowed S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。allowed S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。 In this article, allowed NSSAI associated with PLMN and access type may be expressed as allowed NSSAI for PLMN and access type, or allowed NSSAI for PLMN access type. An S-NSSAI included in an allowed NSSAI may be expressed as an allowed S-NSSAI. allowed S-NSSAI may be configured to include S-NSSAI and mapped S-NSSAI.
 また、rejected NSSAI(拒絶NSSAI)は、UEが許可されない1又は複数のネットワークスライスを示す情報である。言い換えると、rejected NSSAIは、ネットワークがUEに対して接続を許可しないネットワークスライスを識別する情報である。rejected NSSAIは、S-NSSAIと拒絶理由値の組み合わせを、1又は複数含める情報であってもよい。  In addition, rejected NSSAI is information indicating one or more network slices for which the UE is not permitted. In other words, the rejected NSSAI is information identifying network slices that the network does not allow the UE to connect to. The rejected NSSAI may be information that includes one or more combinations of S-NSSAI and rejection reason values.
 ここで、拒絶理由値とは、ネットワークが、対応するS-NSSAIを拒絶する理由を示す情報である。UEとネットワークは、各S-NSSAIを対応づけられた拒絶理由値に基づき、それぞれ適切に、rejected NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。 Here, the refusal reason value is information indicating the reason why the network rejects the corresponding S-NSSAI. The UE and the network may store and manage the rejected NSSAI appropriately based on the rejection value associated with each S-NSSAI.
 さらに、rejected NSSAIは、登録受諾メッセージや、設定更新コマンドや、登録拒絶メッセージ等、ネットワークからUEへ送信されるNASメッセージ、又はNASメッセージが含まれるRRCメッセージに含められてもよい。rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, the rejected NSSAI may be included in a NAS message sent from the network to the UE, such as a registration acceptance message, a configuration update command, a registration rejection message, or an RRC message containing a NAS message. An S-NSSAI included in a rejected NSSAI may be expressed as a rejected S-NSSAI.
 rejected NSSAIは、第1から第3のrejected NSSAIと、pending NSSAIと、第1のNSSAIの何れかであってもよいし、これらの組み合わせであってよい。rejected NSSAIに含まれるS-NSSAIはrejected S-NSSAIと表現されてもよい。rejected S-NSSAIは、S-NSSAIとmapped S-NSSAIを含み構成されてもよい。 The rejected NSSAI may be any one of the first to third rejected NSSAIs, the pending NSSAI, and the first NSSAI, or may be a combination thereof. An S-NSSAI included in a rejected NSSAI may be expressed as a rejected S-NSSAI. A rejected S-NSSAI may be configured including an S-NSSAI and a mapped S-NSSAI.
 UE及び/又はNWは、UEの情報として、PLMNに関連付けてrejected NSSAIを記憶と管理してよい。rejected NSSAIは複数のPLMNと関連付けられてもよく、これら複数のPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 The UE and/or NW may store and manage the rejected NSSAI in association with the PLMN as UE information. A rejected NSSAI may be associated with multiple PLMNs, and these multiple PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 トラッキングエリアは、コアネットワークが管理する、UE_A10の位置情報で表すことが可能な単数又は複数の範囲である。トラッキングエリアは、複数のセルで構成されもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ページング等の制御メッセージがブロードキャストされる範囲でもよいし、UE_A10がハンドオーバー手続きをせずに移動できる範囲でもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ルーティングエリアでもよいし、ロケーションエリアでもよいし、これらと同様のものであればよい。以下、トラッキングエリアはTA(Tracking Area)であってもよい。トラッキングエリアは、TAC(Tracking area code)とPLMNで構成されるTAI(Tracking Area Identity)により識別されてよい。 A tracking area is a single or multiple ranges that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network. A tracking area may consist of multiple cells. Furthermore, the tracking area may be a range in which control messages such as paging are broadcast, or a range in which UE_A 10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the like. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area). A tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) consisting of a TAC (Tracking area code) and a PLMN.
 レジストレーションエリア(Registration area又は登録エリア)は、AMFがUEに割り当てる1又は複数のTAの集合である。なお、UE_A10は、レジストレーションエリアに含まれる一又は複数のTA内を移動している間は、トラッキングエリア更新のための信号を送受信することなく移動することができてよい。言い換えると、レジストレーションエリアは、UE_A10がトラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動できるエリアを示す情報群であってよい。レジストレーションエリアは、1または複数のTAIにより構成されるTAI listにより識別されてよい。 A registration area is a set of one or more TAs assigned to a UE by AMF. Note that UE_A 10 may be able to move without transmitting/receiving a signal for tracking area update while moving within one or more TAs included in the registration area. In other words, the registration area may be a group of information indicating areas to which UE_A 10 can move without performing a tracking area update procedure. A registration area may be identified by a TAI list consisting of one or more TAIs.
 TAI listに含まれるTAIは、1つのPLMNに属してよいし、複数のPLMNに属してもよい。TAI listに含まれる複数のTAIが異なるPLMNに属する場合、それらPLMNはEPLMNであってよい。 The TAIs included in the TAI list may belong to one PLMN or to multiple PLMNs. If multiple TAIs in the TAI list belong to different PLMNs, those PLMNs may be EPLMNs.
 UE IDとは、UEを識別する為の情報である。具体的に、例えば、UE IDは、SUCI(SUbscription Concealed Identifier)、又はSUPI(Subscription Permanent Identifier )、又はGUTI(Globally Unique Temporary Identifier)、又はIMEI(International Mobile Subscriber Identity)、又はIMEISV(IMEI Software Version)又は、TMSI(Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity )であってもよい。又は、UE IDはアプリケーションまたはネットワーク内で設定されたその他の情報であってもよい。さらに、UE IDは、ユーザを識別する為の情報であってもよい。 A UE ID is information for identifying a UE. Specifically, for example, the UE ID is SUCI (SUBscription Concealed Identifier), SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier), GUTI (Globally Unique Temporary Identifier), IMEI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity), or IMEISV (IMEI Software Version). Alternatively, it may be TMSI (Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity). Alternatively, the UE ID may be other information configured within the application or network. Furthermore, the UE ID may be information for identifying the user.
 N1 NAS signalling connectionとは、UEとネットワーク(AMF)間の接続であり、3GPPアクセス上のものと、non-3GPPアクセス上のものと、で独立して管理・存在してよい。 The N1 NAS signaling connection is the connection between the UE and the network (AMF), and may be managed and exist independently on 3GPP access and non-3GPP access.
 N1 NAS signalling connectionが確立された状態が、5GMM-CONNECTED modeであってよい。N1 NAS signalling connectionが確立されていない状態が、5GMM-IDLE modeであってよい。 The state in which the N1 NAS signaling connection is established may be 5GMM-CONNECTED mode. A state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is not established may be 5GMM-IDLE mode.
 言い換えると、3GPP access上でN1 NAS signalling connectionが確立されている状態は、UEが3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)であると表現されてよいし、3GPP access上でN1 NAS signalling connectionが確立されていない状態は、UEが3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)であると表現されてよい。 In other words, a state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is established over 3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access, and N1 over 3GPP access. A state in which a NAS signaling connection is not established may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access.
 同様に、non-3GPP access上でN1 NAS signalling connectionが確立されている状態は、UEがnon-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)であると表現されてよいし、non-3GPP access上でN1 NAS signalling connectionが確立されていない状態は、UEがnon-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)であると表現されてよい。 Similarly, a state in which an N1 NAS signaling connection is established over non-3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access. , the state in which the N1 NAS signaling connection is not established over non-3GPP access may be expressed as the UE being in 5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access.
 また、SNPN(Stand-alone Non-Public Network)は、非公共(non-public)な使用のために展開される5GSであるNPNの一種であり、NPNオペレータによって操作され、PLMNによって提供されるNFに依存しないNPNである。すなわち、SNPNはPLMNとは独立したNPN専用のネットワークであってよい。また、SNPNは、PLMN IDとNID(Network Identifier)との組み合わせによって識別される。尚、SNPN IDに用いられるPLMN IDは、プライベートネットワークの為に確保された情報であってもよく、例えばPLMN IDに含まれるMCCは999であってもよい。 Also, SNPN (Stand-alone Non-Public Network) is a type of NPN that is 5GS deployed for non-public use, NF operated by NPN operator and provided by PLMN is an NPN that does not depend on That is, the SNPN may be an NPN-only network independent of the PLMN. Also, the SNPN is identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID (Network Identifier). The PLMN ID used for the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network, and the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999, for example.
 また、SNPNを利用可能なUEは、SNPNアクセスモードをサポートしてよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するように設定されたUEは、SNPNを選択し、SNPNに登録することができてよいし、PLMNを選択できなくてよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するように設定されたUEは、SNPN選択手続きを実行できてよいし、PLMN選択手続きを実行できなくてもよい。また、UEがSNPNを利用可能(SNPN enabled)であっても、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するように設定されていないUEは、SNPNを選択し、SNPNに登録することができなくてよいし、PLMNを選択できてよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するように設定されていないUEは、SNPN選択手続きを実行できなくても良いし、PLMN選択手続きを実行することができてよい。 Also, UEs that can use SNPN may support the SNPN access mode. Also, a UE configured to operate in SNPN access mode may be able to select and register with a SNPN and may not be able to select a PLMN. Also, a UE configured to operate in SNPN access mode may or may not be able to perform the SNPN selection procedure. Also, even if the UE is SNPN enabled, the UE that is not configured to operate in the SNPN access mode may not be able to select the SNPN and register with the SNPN, and the PLMN can be selected. Also, UEs that are not configured to operate in SNPN access mode may not be able to perform the SNPN selection procedure, and may be able to perform the PLMN selection procedure.
 また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するUEは、Uu(3GPPアクセス)を介して、SNPNを選択できてよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作するUEは、Uu又はNWu(non-3GPPアクセス)を介して選択されたPLMNによって提供されるPDUセッションを介して確立されたUu又はNWuを介してSNPNを選択できてもよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しないUEは、Uu又はNWu(non-3GPPアクセス)を介して選択されたSNPNによって提供されるPDUセッションを介して確立されたUu又はNWuを介してPLMNを選択できてもよい。 Also, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may be able to select an SNPN via Uu (3GPP access). Also, a UE operating in SNPN access mode can select a SNPN via Uu or NWu established via a PDU session provided by a PLMN selected via Uu or NWu (non-3GPP access). good too. Also, a UE that does not operate in SNPN access mode can select a PLMN via Uu or NWu established via a PDU session provided by an SNPN selected via Uu or NWu (non-3GPP access). good too.
 SNPNは、PLMNの機能を用いることが可能である。そのため、本稿では、PLMNはSNPNを意味してもよい。 SNPN can use PLMN functions. Therefore, in this paper, PLMN may mean SNPN.
 NID(Network identifier)は、ネットワークを識別する情報である。SNPNは、PLMN IDとNIDとを組み合わせた情報により識別されてもよい。NIDは、SNPN内でユニークな情報であってもよいし、一意な情報であってもよい。 A NID (Network identifier) is information that identifies a network. A SNPN may be identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID. The NID may be unique information within the SNPN, or may be unique information.
 Public network integrated NPNはPLMNの機能部を利用して実現されるネットワークである。言い換えると Public network integrated NPNは、PLMN内で仮想的に実現されるNPNである。さらに、Public network integrated NPNは、PLMNを介して作成可能なNPNである。尚、Public network integrated NPNは、ネットワークスライスの機能を用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、Public network integrated NPNは、NPNのために割り当てられたネットワークスライスを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、Public network integrated NPNは、S-NSSAIによって識別されてもよいし、S-NSSAIとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。  Public network integrated NPN is a network realized using PLMN functional units. In other words, the Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN. Additionally, Public network integrated NPNs are NPNs that can be created via PLMN. Note that Public network integrated NPN may be implemented using the function of network slices. Specifically, a public network integrated NPN may be a network that can be implemented by using network slices allocated for the NPN. In this case, the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID.
 さらに、Public network integrated NPNは、DNを用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、Public network integrated NPNは、NPNのためのDNを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、Public network integrated NPNは、DNNによって識別されてもよいし、DNNとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。 In addition, Public network integrated NPN may be implemented using DN. Specifically, Public network integrated NPN may be a network that can be realized by using a DN for NPN. In this case, the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by DNN, or by a combination of DNN and CAG ID.
 CAG(Closed Access Groups) IDは、CAGに関連付けられた1又は複数のセルに接続が許可された登録者(subscriber)のグループを識別する情報である。CAGは、CAG IDにより識別されるグループであってよい。CAGは、Public network integrated NPNを、ネットワークスライスで実現する際に利用されるグループである。CAGは、NPNの為に割り当てられたネットワークスライスに、NPNが許可されないUEから、アクセスを試みないようにするために使用されてもよい。さらに、CAG IDは、PLMN内でユニークな情報である。 A CAG (Closed Access Groups) ID is information that identifies a group of subscribers permitted to connect to one or more cells associated with a CAG. A CAG may be a group identified by a CAG ID. CAG is a group used when implementing Public Network Integrated NPN with network slices. CAG may be used to prevent access attempts from UEs that are not NPN-authorized to network slices allocated for NPN. Furthermore, the CAG ID is unique information within the PLMN.
 SNPNが有効なUE (SNPN enable UE) は、SNPNの利用が設定されたUEである。SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNに関する情報を、少なくとも1つ記憶していてもよい。言い換えると、SNPNが有効なUEの設定情報には、SNPNの利用が可能であることを示す情報が含まれていてよい。さらに、SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードをサポートしてよい。言い換えると、SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動してもよい。 SNPN-enabled UE (SNPN enable UE) is a UE configured to use SNPN. A SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information about the SNPN. In other words, the configuration information of the SNPN-enabled UE may include information indicating that SNPN can be used. Additionally, an SNPN-enabled UE may support an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access mode of operation. In other words, a SNPN enabled UE may operate in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode.
 また、SNPNアクセスモード (SNPN access mode)は、UEがSNPNのみを選択するモードである。より具体的には、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPNに登録、接続するための手続き、処理等を事項する際のUEのモードであってよい。更に、ネットワーク選択としてSNPN選択又はON-SNPN選択を実行する場合、又はSNPNへの通常の登録手続きを実行する場合、又はオンボーディングのための登録手続きを実行する場合、又はリモートプロビジョニングのための手続きを実行するUEは、SNPNアクセスモードで動作する必要がある。ここで、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しているUEは、SNPNアクセスモードのUEと表現されてもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPNが有効なUEであってもよい。  In addition, the SNPN access mode is a mode in which the UE selects only SNPN. More specifically, the UE in SNPN access mode may be the mode of the UE when performing procedures, processing, etc. for registering and connecting to the SNPN. Further, when performing SNPN selection or ON-SNPN selection as network selection, or when performing normal registration procedures with SNPN, or when performing registration procedures for onboarding, or procedures for remote provisioning. should operate in SNPN access mode. Here, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may be referred to as a UE in SNPN access mode. Furthermore, a UE in SNPN access mode may be a SNPN enabled UE.
 また、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモード (SNPN access operation mode) は、SNPNアクセスモード、又はnon-3GPPアクセスを介して、SNPNへ接続するモードである。ここで、SNPNにおける「non-3GPPアクセス」とは、UEがPLMNを介して、SNPNに接続している場合を指してもよい。また、UEは、SNPNアクセスモードで作動する場合、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動してもよい。また、UEは、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しない場合、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動しなくてもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードのUEであってもよい。  In addition, SNPN access operation mode is a mode for connecting to SNPN via SNPN access mode or non-3GPP access. Here, "non-3GPP access" in SNPN may refer to the case where UE is connected to SNPN via PLMN. The UE may also operate in the SNPN access operation mode when operating in the SNPN access mode. Also, the UE may not operate in the SNPN access mode of operation if it does not operate in the SNPN access mode. Furthermore, the UE in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access mode of operation.
 SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動しているUEは、SNPN選択プロセスを実行してもよい。SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動していないUEは、SNPN選択プロセスを実行しなくてもよい。SNPN選択プロセスは、自動SNPN選択モード(automatic SNPN selection mode)、及び手動SNPN選択モード(manual SNPN selection mode)があってもよい。SNPN選択手続きは、登録なしに実行されてよい。言い換えると、SNPN選択手続きは、UEがネットワークへの登録を完了していない場合に実行されてよい。 A UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform an SNPN selection process. UEs not operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may not perform the SNPN selection process. The SNPN selection process may have an automatic SNPN selection mode and a manual SNPN selection mode. The SNPN selection procedure may be performed without registration. In other words, the SNPN selection procedure may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network.
 また、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動していないUEは、PLMN選択プロセスを実行してもよい。SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動しているUEは、PLMN選択プロセスを実行しなくてもよい。PLMN選択手続きは、登録なしに実行されてもよい。言い換えると、PLMN選択手続きは、UEがネットワークへの登録を完了していない場合に実行されてもよい。PLMN選択プロセスは、自動PLMN選択モード(automatic PLMN selection mode)、及び手動PLMN選択モード(manual PLMN selection mode)があってもよい。 Also, UEs not operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform a PLMN selection process. A UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may not perform the PLMN selection process. The PLMN selection procedure may be performed without registration. In other words, the PLMN selection procedure may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network. The PLMN selection process may have an automatic PLMN selection mode and a manual PLMN selection mode.
 SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードのUEは、SNPNアクセスモードのUE又はnon-3GPPを介してSNPNにアクセスするUEを意味してよい。言い換えるとSNPNアクセスモードではないUEであっても、non-3GPPを介してSNPNに接続する場合は、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードのUEであってもよい。 A UE in SNPN access operation mode may mean a UE in SNPN access mode or a UE accessing SNPN via non-3GPP. In other words, even a UE that is not in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access operation mode when connecting to SNPN via non-3GPP.
 また、Non-Public Network(NPN)は、一般利用を目的とせず、企業など私的利用など、特定の利用者が特定の目的で利用する非公開ネットワークである。NPNにはStand-alone Non-Public Network (SNPN)とPublic network integrated NPNの2種類が存在する。なお、以下にNPNと記載した場合、SNPNとPublic network integrated NPNの両方を意味してよい。 In addition, Non-Public Network (NPN) is a private network that is not intended for general use, but is used by specific users for specific purposes such as private use such as companies. There are two types of NPN: Stand-alone Non-Public Network (SNPN) and Public network integrated NPN. In addition, when described as NPN below, it may mean both SNPN and Public network integrated NPN.
 SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動しているUEは、オンボーディングネットワーク選択プロセスを実行してよい。言い換えると、オンボーディングネットワーク選択プロセスが実行される場合、UEは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで作動してよい。 A UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode may perform an onboarding network selection process. In other words, the UE may operate in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode when the onboarding network selection process is performed.
 また、URSP(UE Route Selection Policy)とは、検出されたアプリケーションが、確立されたPDUセッションに関連付けられるか、又はPDUセッション外のnon-3GPPアクセスにオフロードされるか、又はPDU セッション外のProSe(Proximity based Services)レイヤ 3 UE-to-Networkリレーを介してルーティングされるか、又は新規 PDU セッションの確立をトリガーすることができるかをUEが決定するために使用されるポリシーであってよい。尚、URSPは、PCFから提供されるUEポリシー情報に含まれるポリシーであってよい。 In addition, URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) indicates whether the detected application is associated with an established PDU session, offloaded to non-3GPP access outside the PDU session, or ProSe outside the PDU session. (Proximity based Services) May be the policy used by the UE to determine whether it is routed through a Layer 3 UE-to-Network relay or can trigger the establishment of a new PDU session. Note that the URSP may be a policy included in UE policy information provided by the PCF.
 また、URSP rules(UE Route Selection Policy rules)とは、1以上のURSPルール(URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) Rule)のリストで構成されてよい。また、各URSPルールは、ルール優先度(Rule Precedence)、及び/又はトラフィック記述子(Traffic descriptor)、及び/又はルート選択記述子リスト(List of Route Selection Descriptors)で構成されてよい。ここで、トラフィック記述子は、URSPに基づいてUEが決定するマッチング条件を指定するために使用されてよい。 In addition, URSP rules (UE Route Selection Policy rules) may consist of a list of one or more URSP rules (URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) Rule). Also, each URSP rule may consist of a rule precedence, and/or a traffic descriptor, and/or a list of route selection descriptors (List of Route Selection Descriptors). Here, the traffic descriptor may be used to specify matching conditions that the UE determines based on the URSP.
 ここで、URSPルールにおけるルール優先度は、UEにおいて強制されるURSPルールの順番を示す。UEは、URSP rulesを受信した場合、つまり、1以上のURSPルールを受信した場合、各URSPルールにおけるルール優先度を参照し、優先度の高いURSPルールから順番に適用してよい。 Here, the rule priority in URSP rules indicates the order of URSP rules enforced in the UE. When the UE receives URSP rules, that is, when it receives one or more URSP rules, the UE may refer to the rule priority in each URSP rule and apply the URSP rule with the highest priority first.
 また、URSP rulesにおけるトラフィック記述子は、URSPルールをいつ適用するかを示すものである。ここで、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子は、アプリケーション記述子(Application descriptors)、及び/又はIP記述子(IP descriptors)、及び/又はドメイン記述子(Domain descriptors)、及び/又はnon-IP記述子(Non-IP descriptors)、及び/又はDNN(Data Network Name)、及び/又は接続能力(Connection Capabilities)で構成されてよい。  In addition, the traffic descriptor in the URSP rules indicates when to apply the URSP rules. Here, the traffic descriptors in the URSP rule are application descriptors, and/or IP descriptors, and/or domain descriptors, and/or non-IP descriptors ( Non-IP descriptors), and/or DNN (Data Network Name), and/or Connection Capabilities.
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子におけるアプリケーション記述子は、OSのIDと、OSのアプリケーションIDを含んでよい。 Also, the application descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may contain the OS ID and the OS application ID.
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子におけるIP記述子は、IPトラフィックの送信先(destination)を識別する情報を示し、例えば、IPアドレス、IPv6ネットワークプレフィックス、ポート番号、プロトコル番号などを含んでよい。 Also, the IP descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule indicates information that identifies the destination of IP traffic, and may include, for example, the IP address, IPv6 network prefix, port number, protocol number, and the like.
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子におけるドメイン記述子(Domain descriptors)は、送信先のFQDN(Fully Qualified Domain Name)を示してよい。 Also, the domain descriptors in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name) of the destination.
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子におけるnon-IP記述子は、non-IPトラフィック(例えば、ethernetトラフィックやunstructuredトラフィック)の送信先(destination)を識別する情報を示してよい。 Also, the non-IP descriptor in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate information identifying the destination of non-IP traffic (eg, ethernet traffic or unstructured traffic).
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子におけるDNNは、アプリケーションによって提供されるDNNに関する情報であって良い。 Also, the DNN in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may be information on the DNN provided by the application.
 また、URSPルールにおけるトラフィック記述子における接続能力は、UEがある能力(capability)を用いてネットワークへの接続を要求するときに、UEのアプリケーションによって提供される情報を示してよい。 Also, the connection capability in the traffic descriptor in the URSP rule may indicate information provided by the UE's application when the UE requests connection to the network using a certain capability.
 また、URSPルールにおけるルート選択記述子リストは、1以上のルート選択記述子(Route Selection Descriptor)で構成されてよい。各ルート選択記述子は、ルール選択記述子優先度(Route Selection Descriptor Precedence)、及び/又はルート選択構成(Route selection components)で構成されてよい。 Also, the route selection descriptor list in the URSP rule may consist of one or more route selection descriptors (Route Selection Descriptor). Each route selection descriptor may consist of a rule selection descriptor precedence (Route Selection Descriptor Precedence) and/or a route selection component (Route selection components).
 ルール選択記述子優先度は、ルート選択記述子が適用される順番を示す。UEは、ルート選択記述子リストを受信した場合、つまり、1以上のルート選択記述子を受信した場合、各ルート選択記述子におけるルール選択記述子優先度を参照し、優先度の高いルート選択記述子から順番に適用してよい。 The rule selection descriptor priority indicates the order in which route selection descriptors are applied. When the UE receives the route selection descriptor list, that is, receives one or more route selection descriptors, the UE refers to the rule selection descriptor priority in each route selection descriptor, and selects the route selection description with higher priority. May be applied in order from child to child.
 また、ルート選択構成は、SSCモード選択(SSC Mode Selection)、及び/又はネットワークスライス選択(Network Slice Selection)、及び/又はDNN選択(DNN Selection)、及び/又はPDUセッションタイプ選択(PDU Session Type Selection)、及び/又はノンシームレスオフロード指示(Non-Seamless Offload indication)、及び/又はアクセスタイプ嗜好(Access Type preference)で構成されてよい。 Also, the route selection configuration includes SSC Mode Selection, and/or Network Slice Selection, and/or DNN Selection, and/or PDU Session Type Selection. ), and/or Non-Seamless Offload indication, and/or Access Type preference.
 ここで、SSCモード選択は、アプリケーションのトラフィックを、指定されたSSCモードのPDUセッションを介して、ルーティングすることを示してよい。 Here, the SSC mode selection may indicate that the application traffic is routed through the PDU session of the specified SSC mode.
 また、ネットワークスライス選択は、示された1以上のS-NSSAIをサポートするPDUセッションを使って、アプリケーションのトラフィックをルーティングすることを示してよい。 The network slice selection may also indicate to route the application's traffic using one or more of the indicated PDU sessions that support S-NSSAI.
 また、DNN選択は、示された1以上のDNNをサポートするPDUセッションを使って、アプリケーションのトラフィックをルーティングすることを示してよい。 The DNN selection may also indicate that the application's traffic should be routed using PDU sessions that support one or more of the indicated DNNs.
 また、PDUセッションタイプ選択は、示されたPDUセッションタイプをサポートするPDUセッションを使って、アプリケーションのトラフィックをルーティングすることを示してよい。  The PDU session type selection may also indicate that the application's traffic is routed using PDU sessions that support the indicated PDU session type.
 また、ノンシームレスオフロード指示は、アプリケーションのトラフィックを、non-3GPPアクセスに対するオフロードすることを示してよい。 Also, the non-seamless offload indication may indicate to offload application traffic to non-3GPP access.
 また、アクセスタイプ嗜好は、UEがPDUセッションを確立する必要がある場合、PDUセッションを確立するアクセスタイプを示してよい。ここで、アクセスタイプとは、3GPP、又はnon-3GPP、又はマルチアクセス(Multi-Access)、又はeATSSSを示してよい。ここで、eATSSSは、eATSSS機能を用いたPDUセッションを確立する際に指定されてよく、確立されるSA PDUセッションに対応する3GPPアクセス又はnon-3GPPアクセスが示されてもよい。 Also, if the UE needs to establish a PDU session, the access type preference may indicate the access type for establishing the PDU session. Here, the access type may indicate 3GPP, non-3GPP, Multi-Access, or eATSSS. Here, eATSSS may be specified when establishing a PDU session using the eATSSS function, and 3GPP access or non-3GPP access corresponding to the established SA PDU session may be indicated.
 また、URSP rulesには、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesと、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesとがあってよい。ここで、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesは、HPLMNのPCFによって生成されたURSP rulesであってよい。また、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesは、VPLMNのPCFであるV-PCFによって生成されたURSP rulesであってよい。また、URSP rulesは、PLMNと関連付けられてUEとネットワークの間で送受信されてもよい。より詳しくは、例えば、URSP rulesを格納する情報要素は、URSP rules毎に関連付けられたPLMNのMCCとMNCが含まれていてもよい。更に、URSP rulesは、PLMNと関連付けられてUE又はネットワークの各装置に記憶されてもよい。 In addition, URSP rules may include URSP rules associated with HPLMN and URSP rules associated with VPLMN. Here, the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the HPLMN's PCF. Also, the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the V-PCF, which is the VPLMN's PCF. URSP rules may also be associated with the PLMN and sent and received between the UE and the network. More specifically, for example, an information element storing URSP rules may include the MCC and MNC of PLMN associated with each URSP rule. Further, the URSP rules may be associated with the PLMN and stored in each device of the UE or network.
 更にUEが使用するURSP rulesは、接続先のネットワーク、及び/又は接続先のネットワークのポリシー、及び/又はUEの能力、及び/又はネットワークの能力、UEのサブスクリプション等に基づいて、生成されてよいし、決定されてよい。より具体的には、例えば、UEがHPLMNに登録又は接続している場合、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを使用してもよい。また、例えば、UEがローミング先のVPLMNに登録又は接続している場合、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを使用してもよいし、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを使用してもよい。 Furthermore, the URSP rules used by the UE are generated based on the destination network and/or destination network policy and/or UE capabilities and/or network capabilities, UE subscriptions, etc. OK, let it be decided. More specifically, for example, if the UE is registered or attached to the HPLMN, it may use the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN. Also, for example, when the UE is registered or connected to the roaming destination VPLMN, the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be used, or the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may be used.
 SUPI(Subscription Permanent Identifier)は、5Gシステムにおいて、それぞれの加入者に割り当ててられる、グローバルユニークな5G加入者のパーマネントな識別情報である。SUPIのタイプとして、IMSI、又はNSI(Network Specific Identifier)、又はGLI(Global Line Identifier)又は、GCI(Global Cable Identifier)があってよい。 SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier) is globally unique 5G subscriber permanent identification information assigned to each subscriber in the 5G system. SUPI types may include IMSI, NSI (Network Specific Identifier), GLI (Global Line Identifier), or GCI (Global Cable Identifier).
 SUCI(Subscription Concealed Identifier)は、隠蔽されたSUPIを含む、プライバシー保護識別子である。  SUCI (Subscription Concealed Identifier) is a privacy protection identifier that includes a concealed SUPI.
 [2.3. 本実施形態における識別情報の説明]
 次に、本実施形態において、各装置により送受信、及び記憶管理される識別情報について説明する。
[2.3. Description of identification information in this embodiment]
Next, identification information transmitted, received, and stored and managed by each device in this embodiment will be described.
 本実施形態における第1の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることを示す能力情報(capability)である。ここで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートするとは、UEがVPLMNに接続及び/又は、登録した際に、VPLMN又はVPLMN内のPCFが生成したURSP rulesを使用することが可能であることを示していてよい。 The first identification information in this embodiment is capability information indicating that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. Here, the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, when the UE connects and/or registers with the VPLMN, it is possible to use the URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF in the VPLMN. It can be shown that
 ここで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートするとは、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示してよい。 Here, the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN may indicate that the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートするとは、VPLMN又はVPLMN内のPCFにより生成された/送信されたURSP rulesを記憶することが可能であることを示してもよいし、VPLMN又はVPLMN内のPCFからVPLMN又はVPLMN内のPCFが生成したURSP rulesを受信することが可能であることを示してもよい。 A UE supports URSP rules associated with a VPLMN may indicate that it is capable of storing the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the VPLMN or the PCF within the VPLMN. It may be indicated that it is possible to receive URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF within the VPLMN from the PCF of the VPLMN.
 UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートするとは、VPLMN又はVPLMN内のPCFにより生成された/送信されたURSP rulesとHPLMN又はHPLMN内のPCFにより生成された/送信されたURSP rulesを両方記憶することが可能であることを示してよい。 A UE supports URSP rules associated with a VPLMN means that it stores both the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the VPLMN or the PCF in the VPLMN and the URSP rules generated/transmitted by the HPLMN or the PCF in the HPLMN. It may be shown that it is possible to
 尚、VPLMNが配信するURSP rulesは、VPLMN又はVPLMNのPCFが生成したURSP rulesであってよく、V-PCF(Visited PCF)が生成及び/又は配信するURSP rulesであってよい。また、URSP rulesには、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesと、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesとがあってよい。  The URSP rules distributed by the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the VPLMN or the PCF of the VPLMN, or the URSP rules generated and/or distributed by the V-PCF (Visited PCF). Also, URSP rules may include URSP rules associated with VPLMN and URSP rules associated with HPLMN.
 ここで、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesは、HPLMN又はHPLMNのPCFで生成されたURSP rulesであってよい。更に例えば、UEがVPLMNに接続している場合は、H-PCF(Home PCF)からV-PCFを介してUEに配信されるURSP rulesであってよい。 Here, the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be the HPLMN or the URSP rules generated by the PCF of the HPLMN. Further, for example, when the UE is connected to the VPLMN, it may be URSP rules distributed from the H-PCF (Home PCF) to the UE via the V-PCF.
 ここで、例えば、UEは第1の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めることで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることを示してもよい。または、例えば、UEは第1の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めないことで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートしないことを示してもよい。 Here, for example, the UE may include the first identification information in the registration request message to indicate that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. Or, for example, the UE may not include the first identification information in the registration request message to indicate that the UE does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 また、第1の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートするか否かを示す能力情報(capability)であってもよい。この場合、例えば、第1の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートしていないことを示してもよい。第1の識別情報は、5GMM capability IEであってよいし、5GMM capability IEに含まれてもよい。 Also, the first identification information may be capability information indicating whether the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. In this case, for example, the first identification information may indicate that the UE does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. The first identification information may be the 5GMM capability IE or may be included in the 5GMM capability IE.
 第1の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすること、又はHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすること、またはその両方をサポートすることを示す情報であってよい。 The first identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, supports the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN, or supports both.
 尚、本明細書では、特に断りがない場合、第1の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることを示す能力情報を指す。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the first identification information refers to capability information indicating that the UE supports the use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
 また、第1の識別情報は、後述の第2の識別情報の内容を含んでいてもよい。より具体的には例えば、UEが第1の識別情報をネットワークに送信することで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすること及び、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示していてもよい。つまり、UEが、第1の識別情報をネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置に送信することで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示してもよい。 Also, the first identification information may include the content of the second identification information described later. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the first identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may indicate a request to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by sending the first identification information to the network or each device in the network.
 本実施形態における第2の識別情報は、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを要求することを示す識別情報である。 The second identification information in this embodiment is identification information indicating that the UE requests the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 例えば、VPLMNに登録及び/又は接続を試みるUEが、第2の識別情報をメッセージに含めてネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置に送信することで、URSP rulesとして、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用の要求を示してもよい。 For example, a UE attempting to register and/or connect to a VPLMN may send the second identification information in a message to the network or each device in the network as the URSP rules to indicate the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. You may indicate your request.
 また、第2の識別情報は、前述の第1の識別情報の内容を含んでいてもよい。より具体的には例えば、UEが第2の識別情報をネットワークに送信することで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすること及び、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示していてもよい。つまり、UEが、第2の識別情報をネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置に送信することで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることを示してもよい。 Also, the second identification information may include the content of the first identification information described above. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the second identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may indicate its support for using the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting the second identification information to the network or each device in the network.
 または、第2の識別情報の内容は、前述の第1の識別情報に含まれてもよい。より具体的には例えば、UEが第1の識別情報をネットワークに送信することで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすること及び、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示していてもよい。つまり、UEが、第1の識別情報をネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置に送信することで、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示してもよい。 Alternatively, the content of the second identification information may be included in the aforementioned first identification information. More specifically, for example, the UE transmits the first identification information to the network to request that the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may indicate that That is, the UE may send the first identification information to the network or each device in the network to indicate that the UE requests to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 尚、第2の識別情報は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesに関するUEのプリファレンス(preference)を示す情報であってもよい。より具体的には、UEは第2の識別情報によって、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesに関するプリファレンスを示すことで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを要求することを示してもよい。 It should be noted that the second identification information may be information indicating the UE's preference regarding the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. More specifically, the UE may indicate, via the second identification, a preference for URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to request the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 本実施形態における第3の識別情報は、UEが登録及び/又は接続するVPLMNが、当該VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの配信をサポートすることを示す能力情報であってよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、ネットワーク又は各装置が第1の識別情報を含む要求メッセージをUEから受信し、第1の識別情報を受諾する場合の応答メッセージに含める識別情報であってよい。 The third identification information in this embodiment may be capability information indicating that the VPLMN with which the UE registers and/or connects supports delivery of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. Here, the third identification information may be identification information included in a response message when the network or each device receives a request message including the first identification information from the UE and accepts the first identification information. .
 更に、例えば、ネットワーク又は各装置は、第3の識別情報をUEに送信することで、UEの要求又は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を受諾したことを示してもよい。言い換えると、第3の識別情報を受信したUEは、ネットワーク又は各装置が、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を受諾したことを認識してもよい。 Further, for example, the network or each device may indicate acceptance of the UE's request or use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting third identification information to the UE. In other words, the UE receiving the third identification information may recognize that the network or each device has accepted the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 尚、第3の識別情報の送受信に関する、UE、コアネットワーク又は各装置の挙動はこれらに限らず、その他の挙動を含む詳細は後述する。 Note that the behavior of the UE, core network, or each device regarding transmission and reception of the third identification information is not limited to these, and details including other behavior will be described later.
 本実施形態における第4の識別情報は、UEが登録及び/又は接続するVPLMNが、同VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを配信することを示してもよい。ここで、第4の識別情報は、ネットワーク又は各装置が第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を含むメッセージをUEから受信し、これらの識別情報の内1以上を受諾した場合に、応答メッセージに含める識別情報であってよい。 The fourth identification information in this embodiment may indicate that the VPLMN with which the UE registers and/or connects distributes the URSP rules associated with the same VPLMN. Here, the fourth identification information is the response message when the network or each device receives a message containing the first and/or second identification information from the UE and accepts one or more of these identification information. It may be identification information to be included in the
 尚、第4の識別情報の送受信に関する、UE、コアネットワーク又は各装置の挙動はこれらに限らず、その他の挙動を含む詳細は後述する。 Note that the behavior of the UE, core network, or each device regarding transmission and reception of the fourth identification information is not limited to these, and details including other behaviors will be described later.
 [3. 本発明における実施形態]
 [3.1. 各実施形態で用いられる手続き又は処理の説明]
 次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。尚、各実施形態で用いられる手続き又は処理には、登録手続き、UEポリシー配信手続きが含まれていてよい。
[3. Embodiments of the present invention]
[3.1. Description of procedures or processes used in each embodiment]
Next, procedures used in each embodiment will be described. Note that the procedures or processes used in each embodiment may include registration procedures and UE policy delivery procedures.
 ここで、登録手続きは、UEがローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNに接続する際の手続きであってよく、初期登録手続きであってもよい。 Here, the registration procedure may be a procedure when the UE connects to the roaming destination network VPLMN, or may be an initial registration procedure.
 また、UEポリシー配信手続きには、登録手続き中に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きと、登録手続き完了後に必要に応じて任意のタイミングで実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きとがあってよい。 In addition, the UE policy distribution procedure may include a UE policy distribution procedure that is executed during the registration procedure and a UE policy distribution procedure that is executed at any timing as necessary after the registration procedure is completed.
 尚、各実施形態では、図2に記載されているように、HSSとUDM、PCFとPCRF、SMFとPGW-C、UPFとPGW-Uが、それぞれ同一の装置(つまり、同一の物理的なハードウェア、又は同一の論理的なハードウェア、又は同一のソフトウェア)として構成されている場合を例にとって説明する。しかし、本実施形態に記載される内容は、これらが異なる装置(つまり、異なる物理的なハードウェア、又は異なる論理的なハードウェア、又は異なるソフトウェア)として構成される場合にも適用可能である。例えば、これらの間で、直接データの送受信を行ってもよいし、AMF、MME間のN26インターフェースを介してデータを送受信してもよいし、UEを介してデータを送受信してもよい。 In each embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are respectively the same device (that is, the same physical device). A case where they are configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the contents described in this embodiment are also applicable when they are configured as different devices (that is, different physical hardware, different logical hardware, or different software). For example, data may be directly transmitted/received between them, data may be transmitted/received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted/received via UE.
 以下、各手続きについて説明する。 Each procedure will be explained below.
 [3.1.1. 登録手続き]
 登録手続き(Registration procedure)について、図6を用いて説明する。尚、本発明における登録手続きは、UEのローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNに登録するための登録手続きであってよい。更に、以下の説明において、ネットワークの各装置は、VPLMN内の装置であってもよい。また、以下、登録手続きは、本手続きとも称する。
[3.1.1. Registration procedure]
A registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the registration procedure in the present invention may be a registration procedure for registering with the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network of the UE. Furthermore, in the following description, each device in the network may be a device within the VPLMN. In addition, hereinafter, the registration procedure is also referred to as this procedure.
 また、本発明における本手続きは、特に断りがない場合は、初期登録手続き(initial registration procedure)であってよい。または、移動及び定期的な登録更新手続き(mobility and periodic registration update procedure)であってもよい。 In addition, unless otherwise specified, this procedure in the present invention may be an initial registration procedure. Alternatively, it may be a mobility and periodic registration update procedure.
 登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDN、及び/又はPLMNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(5GMM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(5GMM-REGISTEDED state)に遷移することができる。尚、各登録状態は、アクセス毎に各装置で管理されてよい。具体的には、各装置は3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態(登録状態又は非登録状態)と、non-3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態を独立して管理してよい。 The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the lead in registering with access network_B and/or core network_B and/or DN and/or PLMN. As long as the UE is not registered with the network, the UE can execute this procedure at any time, such as when it is powered on. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any timing as long as it is in the non-registered state (5GMM-DEREGISTERED state). Also, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registered state (5GMM-REGISTED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure. Each registration state may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the state of registration for 3GPP access (registered state or non-registered state) and the state of registration for non-3GPP access.
 さらに、登録手続きは、ネットワークにおけるUEの位置登録情報を更新する、及び/又は、UEからネットワークへ定期的にUEの状態を通知する、及び/又は、ネットワークにおけるUEに関する特定のパラメータを更新する為の手続きであってもよい。 Further, the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and/or periodically informs the network of the UE status from the UE and/or updates certain parameters of the UE in the network. procedure may be used.
 UEは、TA(トラッキングエリア)を跨ぐモビリティをした際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、保持しているTAリスト(TAI list又は登録エリア)で示されるTAとは異なるTAに移動した際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、実行しているバックオフタイマ、またはその他のタイマが満了した際に本手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッションの切断や無効化が原因で各装置のコンテキストの更新が必要な際に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEのPDUセッション確立に関する、能力情報、及び/又はプリファレンスに変化が生じた場合、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UE設定更新手続きの完了に基づいて、又は登録手続きの完了に基づいて、又はPDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、又はPDUセッションマネジメント手続きの完了に基づいて、又は各手続きでネットワークから受信した情報に基づいて、又はバックオフタイマの満了、または停止に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。尚、UEは、これらに限らず、任意のタイミングで登録手続きを実行することができる。  The UE may start the registration procedure when it moves across TAs (tracking areas). In other words, the UE may initiate the registration procedure when moving to a TA different from the TA indicated in the TA list (TAI list or registration area) it holds. Additionally, the UE may initiate this procedure when a running backoff timer or other timer expires. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to PDU session disconnection or invalidation. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when there is a change in the UE's capability information and/or preferences regarding PDU session establishment. Further, the UE may initiate registration procedures periodically. Further, the UE may, based on completion of the UE configuration update procedure, or based on completion of the registration procedure, or based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, or based on completion of the PDU session management procedure, or at each procedure The registration procedure may be initiated based on information received from the network or based on expiry or deactivation of the backoff timer. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
 なお、上述したUEがネットワークに登録していない状態から登録された状態に遷移する為の手続きを、初期登録手続き(initial registration procedure)または初期登録のための登録手続き(registration procedure for initial registration)としてよいし、UEがネットワークに登録された状態で実行された登録手続きを、移動及び定期的な登録更新の為の登録手続き(registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update)または移動及び定期的な登録手続き(mobility and periodic registration procedure)としてよい。 In addition, the procedure for transitioning from the state in which the UE is not registered in the network to the state in which it is registered is referred to as an initial registration procedure or a registration procedure for initial registration. Alternatively, the registration procedure performed while the UE is registered with the network can be called a registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update or a roaming and periodic registration procedure. mobility and periodic registration procedure).
 なお、UEは登録手続きの前、又は登録手続きの初期状態において、前述のネットワーク選択を実行し、UEが要求するPLMN又はSNPN又はON-SNPNを選択及び決定してもよい。 It should be noted that the UE may perform the aforementioned network selection before the registration procedure or in the initial state of the registration procedure to select and determine the PLMN or SNPN or ON-SNPN requested by the UE.
 図6のnew AMF141は、本手続きによりUE_A10が登録されるAMFを示し、old AMF142は本手続きより前の手続きによりUEが登録されていたAMFを意味する。本手続き内で、AMFの変更が発生しない場合、old AMF142とnew AMF141間のインターフェース、及びold AMF142とnew AMF141間の手続きは発生せず、new AMF141はold AMF142と同じ装置であってよい。尚、本稿では、AMFと記載した場合、new AMF141を意味してもよいし、old AMF142を意味してもよいし、またその両方を意味してもよい。また、new AMF141とold AMF142はAMF140であってよい。  New AMF 141 in Fig. 6 indicates the AMF in which UE_A10 is registered by this procedure, and old AMF 142 means the AMF in which the UE was registered by the procedure prior to this procedure. In this procedure, if no AMF change occurs, the interface between old AMF142 and new AMF141 and the procedure between old AMF142 and new AMF141 do not occur, and new AMF141 can be the same device as old AMF142. In this paper, when AMF is described, it may mean new AMF141, old AMF142, or both. Also, new AMF141 and old AMF142 may be AMF140.
 まず、UE_A10が、new AMF141に登録要求(Registration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S600)(S602)(S604)、登録手続きを開始する。具体的には、UEは、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを、5G AN120(又はgNB)に送信する(S600)。尚、登録要求メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN120(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージはNASレイヤで処理され、RRCメッセージはRRCレイヤで処理される。尚、NASレイヤはRRCレイヤよりも上位のレイヤである。 First, UE_A 10 starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to new AMF 141 (S600) (S602) (S604). Specifically, the UE transmits an RRC message including a registration request message to the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) (S600). Note that the registration request message is a NAS message sent and received over the N1 interface. Also, the RRC messages may be control messages sent and received between the UE and the 5G AN 120 (or gNB). Also, NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer. Note that the NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
 ここで、UE_A10は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は登録要求を含むNASメッセージ、及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信してよい。尚、第1及び第2の識別情報は、これらを組合せた情報として構成されていてもよい。 Here, UE_A10 may include the first identification information and/or the second identification information in the registration request message and/or the NAS message including the registration request and/or the RRC message and/or transmit it. Note that the first and second identification information may be configured as information combining these.
 また、ここで、UEが、登録要求メッセージに、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報を含めて送信する場合、UEは、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートするUEであってよい。更に、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートするUEは、PLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用のサポートに加えて、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートしていてもよい。 Also, here, if the UE transmits the registration request message including the first identification information and/or the second identification information, the UE is a UE that supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It's okay. Further, a UE that supports the use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN may support the use of URSP rules associated with HPLMN in addition to supporting the use of URSP rules associated with PLMN.
 UEは、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートする場合、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報を送信してよい。言い換えると、UEはPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報をセットした5GMM capability IEを送信してよい。 If the UE supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, the UE may transmit first identification information indicating that it supports the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. In other words, the UE may send a 5GMM capability IE with the first identity set to indicate support for the URSP rules associated with the PLMN.
 UEは、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesとHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの両方を記憶するサポートする場合、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすること、又はHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報を送信してよい。 If the UE supports storing both the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN, the UE supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, or the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN A first identification may be transmitted indicating that the rules are supported.
 更に、UEは、第2の識別情報をVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesに関するUEのプリファレンス(preference)を示す情報として送信してもよい。より具体的には、UEは第2の識別情報によって、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesに関するプリファレンスを示すことで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを要求することを示してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may transmit the second identification information as information indicating the UE's preferences regarding the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. More specifically, the UE may indicate, via the second identification, a preference for URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to request the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることを更に示してもよい。より具体的には、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信せず、第2の識別情報のみを送信することでも、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートすることが示されてもよい。 Also, the UE may further indicate that it supports the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by transmitting the second identification information. More specifically, the UE may also be indicated to support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by not transmitting the first identity and only transmitting the second identity. .
 または、逆に、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信せず、第1の識別情報のみを送信することで、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を要求することを示してもよい。 Or, conversely, the UE may indicate a request to use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN by sending only the first identification without sending the second identification.
 また、UEは、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートしない場合、UEは、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートしてよく、その場合、UEはVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートしないことを示す第1の識別情報を送信してもよいし、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報を送信してもよいし、UEはPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。 Also, if the UE does not support the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, the UE may support the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN, in which case the UE does not support the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. The first identification information indicating support for the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN may be transmitted, and the UE may transmit the URSP rules associated with the PLMN. It is not necessary to transmit the first identification information indicating support.
 さらに、UE_A10は登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報を含めて送信してよい。ここで、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報は、5GS registration type IEであってよく、本手続きが初期登録の為、又は移動に伴う登録情報更新の為、又は定期的な登録情報更新の為、又は緊急時の登録の為の登録手続きであることを示す情報であってよい。 Furthermore, UE_A10 may send a registration request message and/or an RRC message including identification information indicating the type of this procedure. Here, the identification information indicating the type of this procedure may be 5GS registration type IE. Alternatively, it may be information indicating that the registration procedure is for emergency registration.
 ここで、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報が、5GS registration type IEである、ということは、本手続きの種類を示す識別情報を5GS registration type IEに含めてセットすることを意味してよい。 Here, the fact that the identification information indicating the type of this procedure is the 5GS registration type IE may mean that the identification information indicating the type of this procedure is included in the 5GS registration type IE and set.
 UE_A10は、UE_A10がサポートする機能をネットワークに通知するために、UEの能力情報を登録要求メッセージ含めてもよく、UEの能力情報として第1の識別情報を含めてもよい。ここで、UEの能力情報は、5GSの5G MM capabilityであってよい。  UE_A10 may include UE capability information in the registration request message in order to notify the network of the functions supported by UE_A10, and may include the first identification information as the UE capability information. Here, the UE capability information may be 5G MM capability of 5GS.
 UE_A10は第1の識別情報を、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。尚、UE_A10は、これらの識別情報を、送信することで、UE_A10が各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよいし、これら両方を示してもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 UE_A10 may include the first identification information in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (eg, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmit it. By transmitting these pieces of identification information, UE_A10 may indicate that UE_A10 supports each function, may indicate a UE request, or may indicate both of them. . Information indicating support for each function and information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 尚、UE_A10は、第1の識別情報をネットワークに送信するか否かを、UEの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 UE_A10 determines whether to transmit the first identification information to the network, UE capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or UE state, and/or user registration information, and/or UE may be selected and determined based on the context held by .
 更にUE_A10は、第1の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めて送信することで、第1の識別情報に対応する機能をネットワークがサポートすることを示すネットワークの能力情報を要求することを示してよい。 Further, UE_A 10 may send the registration request message including the first identification information to indicate that it requests network capability information indicating that the network supports the function corresponding to the first identification information. .
 UE_A10は、登録要求メッセージ及び/又は登録要求メッセージが含まれるNASメッセージ又はRRCメッセージに、第1及び/又は第2の識別情報以外の情報も含めてもよい。例えば、UEは、UEが生成したUE状態インディケーションメッセージ(UE STATE INDICATION message)を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 UE_A10 may include information other than the first and/or second identification information in the registration request message and/or the NAS message or RRC message that includes the registration request message. For example, the UE may include a UE STATE INDICATION message generated by the UE in the registration request message.
 ここで、UE状態インディケーションメッセージは、登録要求メッセージ中のペイロードコンテナ情報要素(Payload container information element)に含まれていてよく、更にペイロードコンテナのタイプを示す情報要素(Payload container type information element)は、UEポリシーコンテナ(UE policy container)であってよい。更に、UEは、UE状態インディケーションメッセージに、UEが割り当てた現在使用されていないPTI (Procedure Transaction Identity)をPTI情報要素(PTI IE)に設定して含めてもよい。 Here, the UE state indication message may be included in the payload container information element in the registration request message, and the information element indicating the type of payload container (Payload container type information element) is May be a UE policy container. In addition, the UE may include a currently unused PTI (Procedure Transaction Identity) assigned by the UE to the PTI information element (PTI IE) in the UE status indication message.
 更に、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモード(SNPN access operation mode)で動作していないUEは、UEが利用可能なHPLMN又は選択されたPLMNを示すPLMN ID部で識別されるUEポリシーセクションの1以上のUPSIをUE状態インディケーションメッセージ中のUPSIリスト情報要素(UE policy section identifier list information element (IE))に含めてもよい。ここで、選択されたPLMNは、VPLMNであってもよいし、EPLMNであってもよい。また、PLMN ID部分は、MCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)とで構成されていてもよい。 In addition, a UE not operating in SNPN access operation mode shall transmit one or more UPSIs in the UE policy section identified in the PLMN ID part indicating the HPLMNs available to the UE or the selected PLMNs. MAY be included in the UPSI list information element (UE policy section identifier list information element (IE)) in the status indication message. Here, the selected PLMN may be VPLMN or EPLMN. Also, the PLMN ID part may be composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code).
 更に、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作しているUEは、UPSIによって識別されるUEポリシーセクションの1以上のUPSIを含めてもよい。ここで、UPSIは、選択されたSNPNのPLMN ID部分が示すMCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)とが含められてもよいし、当該選択されたSNPNのNIDが含められてもよい。 Furthermore, a UE operating in SNPN access operation mode may include one or more UPSIs in the UE policy section identified by the UPSI. Here, UPSI may include the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) indicated by the PLMN ID part of the selected SNPN, or may include the NID of the selected SNPN good.
 尚、ここで、UE状態インディケーションメッセージは、UE主導のUE状態インディケーション手続き(UE-initiated UE state indication procedure)のためのメッセージであってよく、更にUEからPCFに送信されるメッセージあってよい。ここで、UE主導のUE状態インディケーション手続きは登録手続き中に実行される手続きであってよく、UE状態インディケーションメッセージは、登録手続き中に(V-)AMFを介して(V-)PCFに送信されてもよい。 Here, the UE state indication message may be a message for a UE-initiated UE state indication procedure, or may be a message sent from the UE to the PCF. . Here, the UE-initiated UE state indication procedure may be a procedure performed during the registration procedure, and the UE state indication message is sent to (V-)PCF via (V-)AMF during the registration procedure. may be sent.
 ここで、UE主導のUE状態インディケーション手続きの目的は、UEポリシーセクション(UE policy section(s))のUPSI(s)を配信すること、又はUEがANDSP(Access Network Discovery and Selection Policy)をサポートしているか否か示すこと、又はUEの1または複数のOS IDを配信することであってよい。ここで、UE主導のUE状態インディケーション手続きにおいてUEが配信するUPSI(s)は、HPLMN又は選択されたPLMNを示すPLMN ID部を持つUPSIによって識別されるUEポリシーセクションの1以上のUPSIであってよい。また、選択されたPLMNは、VPLMNであってもよいし、EPLMNであってもよい。また、PLMN ID部分は、MCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)とで構成されていてもよい。 Here, the purpose of the UE-initiated UE state indication procedure is to deliver the UPSI(s) of the UE policy section(s) or the UE supports ANDSP (Access Network Discovery and Selection Policy). or not, or deliver one or more OS IDs for the UE. where the UPSI(s) delivered by the UE in the UE initiated UE state indication procedure shall be the HPLMN or one or more UPSIs of the UE policy section identified by the UPSI with the PLMN ID part indicating the selected PLMN. you can Also, the selected PLMN may be the VPLMN or the EPLMN. Also, the PLMN ID part may be composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code).
 また、ここで、登録要求メッセージ及び/又は登録要求メッセージが含まれるRRCメッセージに含めるAMF識別情報とは、AMF、またはAMFの集合を識別する情報であってよく、例えば、5G-S-TMSI(5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier)やGUAMI(Globally Unique AMF Identifier)であってよい。 Also, here, the AMF identification information to be included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message containing the registration request message may be information that identifies the AMF or a set of AMFs, for example, 5G-S-TMSI ( 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier) or GUAMI (Globally Unique AMF Identifier).
 また、UE_A10は、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含めて送信することで、又は登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を送信することで、登録手続き中にPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。 Also, UE_A 10 transmits an SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or transmits an SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message, The PDU session establishment procedure may be initiated during the registration procedure.
 5G AN120(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを受信すると、登録要求メッセージを転送するAMFを選択する(S602)。尚、5G AN120(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は登録要求メッセージが含まれるRRCメッセージ、に含まれる1又は複数の識別情報に基づいて、AMFを選択することができる。具体的には、5G AN(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報に基づいて、登録要求メッセージの送信先のnew AMF141を選択してもよい。 When the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) receives the RRC message containing the registration request message, it selects an AMF to transfer the registration request message (S602). Note that the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) can select an AMF based on one or more identification information included in the registration request message and/or the RRC message including the registration request message. Specifically, the 5G AN (or gNB) may select the new AMF 141 to send the registration request message to based on the first identification information.
 例えば、5G AN120(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報に基づき、第1の識別情報が示す能力情報に対応する機能をサポートするAMFを選択してもよい。具体的には、5G AN(又はgNB)は、第1の識別情報が示す、UEの能力情報に対応し、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの配信又は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの配信を行うPCFと接続又は通信可能なAMFを選択してもよい。 For example, based on the first identification information, the 5G AN 120 (or gNB) may select an AMF that supports the function corresponding to the capability information indicated by the first identification information. Specifically, the 5G AN (or gNB) corresponds to the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information, and distributes the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN or distributes the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. An AMF that can be connected or communicated with the PCF to be performed may be selected.
 なお、AMFの選択方法はこれに限らず、5G AN(又はgNB)はこれ以外の条件に基づきAMFを選択してもよい。5G AN(又はgNB)は、受信したRRCメッセージから登録要求メッセージを取り出し、選択したnew AMFに、登録要求メッセージを転送する(S604)。なお、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報が、登録要求メッセージには含まれずRRCメッセージに含まれた場合、RRCメッセージに含まれた識別情報を、選択したAMF(new AMF141)に、登録要求メッセージとともに転送してもよい(S604)。  The AMF selection method is not limited to this, and the 5G AN (or gNB) may select AMF based on other conditions. The 5G AN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and transfers the registration request message to the selected new AMF (S604). If the first identification information and/or the second identification information is included in the RRC message but not in the registration request message, the identification information included in the RRC message is sent to the selected AMF (new AMF141). , may be transferred together with the registration request message (S604).
 new AMF141は、登録要求メッセージを受信した場合、第1の条件判別を実行することができる。第1の条件判別とは、ネットワーク(又はnew AMF141)がUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判別するためのものである。new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S606からS618の手続きを実行する。一方で、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、S606からS602の手続きを実行せず、S614の手続きを実行してもよい。 When the new AMF 141 receives the registration request message, it can perform the first condition determination. The first condition determination is for determining whether or not the network (or new AMF 141) accepts the request from the UE. The new AMF 141 executes the procedures from S606 to S618 if the first condition determination is true. On the other hand, if the first condition determination is false, the new AMF 141 may execute the procedure of S614 without executing the procedures of S606 to S602.
 または、new AMF141は、UEコンテキストをold AMF142に要求、及びUEコンテキストをold AMF142から受信(S606、S608)後に第1の条件判別をしてもよい。その場合、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S610からS618を実行してよい。一方で、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、S614を実行してもよい。 Alternatively, the new AMF 141 may request the UE context from the old AMF 142 and receive the UE context from the old AMF 142 (S606, S608) before making the first condition determination. In that case, the new AMF 141 may execute S610 to S618 if the first conditional determination is true. On the other hand, the new AMF 141 may execute S614 if the first conditional determination is false.
 なお、ここで、第1の条件判別が真の場合、S614で送信及び受信される制御メッセージは、登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージであってよいし、第1の条件判別が偽である場合、S614で送信及び受信される制御メッセージは、登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージであってよい。 Here, if the first condition determination is true, the control message transmitted and received in S614 may be a registration accept message, and if the first condition determination is false, The control message sent and received at S614 may be a Registration reject message.
 尚、第1の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又は登録要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレーターポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。 In addition, the first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and It may be performed based on network conditions, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF, and/or the like.
 例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。また、UEの登録先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEの要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。 For example, if the network permits the UE's request, the first condition determination may be true, and if the UE's request is not permitted by the network, the first condition determination may be false. In addition, if the network to which the UE is registered and/or the device in the network supports the function requested by the UE, the first condition determination is true and does not support the function requested by the UE. , the first conditional decision may be false. Further, the first conditional determination may be true if the transmitted/received identification information is permitted, and the first conditional determination may be false if the transmitted/received identification information is not permitted.
 new AMF141は、new AMF141がUEから受信したメッセージに含まれるAMF識別情報に示されるAMFがold AMF142である場合、S606、S608の手続きを実行し、new AMF141がUE_A10から受信したメッセージに含まれるAMF識別情報に示されるAMFがnew AMF141である場合、S606、S608の手続きを実行しない。言い換えると、本手続きによりAMFの変更(AMF change)が発生した場合、S606、S608の手続きは実行され、AMFの変更が発生しない場合は、S606、S608の手続きはスキップされる。 If the AMF indicated in the AMF identification information included in the message received by new AMF141 from UE is old AMF142, new AMF141 performs the procedures of S606 and S608, and the AMF included in the message received by new AMF141 from UE_A10. If the AMF indicated in the identification information is new AMF141, the procedures of S606 and S608 are not executed. In other words, if this procedure causes an AMF change, the procedures of S606 and S608 are executed, and if no AMF change occurs, the procedures of S606 and S608 are skipped.
 UEコンテキストの転送手続き(S606、S608)について説明する。  The UE context transfer procedure (S606, S608) will be explained.
 まず、new AMF141は、old AMF142にUEコンテキスト要求メッセージを送信する(S606)。ここで、new AMFが送信するUEコンテキスト要求メッセージは、「Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer」であってよい。さらに、new AMF141からold AMF142に送信(S606)されるUEコンテキストには、UE IDやallowed NSSAIが含まれていてもよい。 First, new AMF 141 sends a UE context request message to old AMF 142 (S606). Here, the UE context request message sent by new AMF may be "Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer". Furthermore, the UE context transmitted (S606) from the new AMF 141 to the old AMF 142 may contain the UE ID and allowed NSSAI.
 次に、old AMFは、受信したUEコンテキスト要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、UEコンテキスト応答メッセージをnew AMFに送信する(S608)。ここで、old AMFは、UEコンテキスト要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、new AMF141へUEコンテキストを送信してもよい。さらに、old AMFが送信する応答メッセージは、「Response to Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer」であってよい。さらに、old AMFは、UEコンテキスト応答メッセージに、UEコンテキスト及び/又は、SUPI(Subscription Permanent Identifier)を含めて送信してもよい。 Next, old AMF sends a UE context response message to new AMF as a response message to the received UE context request message (S608). Here, the old AMF may send the UE context to the new AMF 141 based on receiving the UE context request message. Further, the response message sent by old AMF may be "Response to Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer". Furthermore, the old AMF may include the UE context and/or the SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier) in the UE context response message.
 尚、ここで、old ANFがAMポリシーアソシエーション及びUEポリシーアソシエーション(即ち、UEポリシー更新のためのポリシー制御要求トリガー)に関する情報を保持している場合、old AMFは、UEコンテキスト応答メッセージにこれらの情報を含めてもよい。 Note that if old ANF holds information about AM policy associations and UE policy associations (that is, policy control request triggers for UE policy update), old AMF will include these information in the UE context response message. may be included.
 さらに、UEがローミング先のネットワーク(VPLMN)で本登録手続きを実行している場合、old AMFは更に、UEコンテキスト応答メッセージにV-PCF IDおよびH-PCF IDを含めてnew AMFに送信してもよい。尚、ここで、new AMFが受信した、V-PCF IDおよびH-PCF IDは、後述のPCF選択(S610)及び/又は、AMポリシーアソシエーション確立/変更(S612)及び/又は、UEポリシーアソシエーション確立(S616)等で用いられてもよい。詳細については後述する。 In addition, if the UE is performing the main registration procedure in the roaming network (VPLMN), the old AMF will further send the UE context response message including the V-PCF ID and H-PCF ID to the new AMF. good too. Here, the V-PCF ID and H-PCF ID received by the new AMF are used for PCF selection (S610) and/or AM policy association establishment/change (S612) and/or UE policy association establishment (S612). (S616) or the like. Details will be described later.
 さらに、old AMFからUEコンテキストを受信したNew AMFは、受信したUEコンテキストに基づいて、UEコンテキストを生成してもよい。 Furthermore, the New AMF that has received the UE context from the old AMF may generate the UE context based on the received UE context.
 次に、new AMFは、PCF選択を実行する(S610)。ここで、PCF選択は、new AMFが、old AMFから受信したUEコンテキスト(S608)に含まれる(V-)PCF IDによって識別される(V-)PCFを使用してUEポリシーを取得することを決定した場合に実行されてよい。尚、UEがVPLMNへの登録手続きを実行している場合は、AMFは、V-PCFを選択してもよく、選択されたV-PCFからUEポリシーを取得してもよい。 Next, new AMF executes PCF selection (S610). Here, the PCF selection indicates that the new AMF obtains the UE policy using the (V-)PCF identified by the (V-)PCF ID contained in the UE context (S608) received from the old AMF. May be executed when determined. Note that if the UE is performing registration procedures with the VPLMN, the AMF may select a V-PCF and obtain the UE policy from the selected V-PCF.
 次に、new AMFは、AMポリシーアソシエーション確立/変更(S612)を実行する。ここで、new AMFがPCF選択(S610)において、新たな(V-)PCFを選択した場合、new AMFは、選択した(V-)PCFとAMポリシーアソシエーション確立を実行する。また、S608において、old AMFからUEコンテキストに含まれる(V-)PCF IDで識別される(V-)PCFが使用されている場合は、AMポリシーアソシエーション変更を実行する。 Next, new AMF executes AM policy association establishment/change (S612). Here, when the new AMF selects a new (V-)PCF in PCF selection (S610), the new AMF executes AM policy association establishment with the selected (V-)PCF. Also, in S608, if the (V-)PCF identified by the (V-)PCF ID included in the UE context is used from the old AMF, change the AM policy association.
 次に、new AMF141は、第1の条件判別の決定に基づいて、及び/又はold AMF142からUEコンテキストの受信に基づき、UEへ制御メッセージを送信してよい(S614)。制御メッセージは登録受諾メッセージであってもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージであってもよい。以下、UEに送信された制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージであった場合について説明する。 The new AMF 141 may then send a control message to the UE based on the determination of the first conditional determination and/or based on receiving the UE context from the old AMF 142 (S614). The control message may be a registration accept message or a registration reject message. In the following, the case where the control message sent to the UE is a registration acceptance message will be described.
 new AMF141は、制御メッセージに第3及び/又は第4の識別情報のいずれか1以上を含めて送信してもよい。尚、new AMF141は、これらの識別情報及び/又は制御メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークは識別情報が示す機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよいし、UEからの要求を許可又はサポートしていない事を示してもよいし、これらを組み合わせた情報を示してもよい。また、第3及び第4の識別情報は、これらを組合せた情報として構成されていてもよいし、これらを組み合わせた識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を制御メッセージに含めるか否かは、ネットワークの能力又はオペレーターポリシー等によって決定されてもよい。 The new AMF 141 may send a control message including one or more of the third and/or fourth identification information. By transmitting these identification information and/or control messages, the new AMF 141 may indicate that the network supports the function indicated by the identification information, or that the UE request has been accepted. It may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted or supported, or information combining these may be indicated. Also, the third and fourth identification information may be configured as information in which these are combined, or may be configured as identification information in which these are combined. Whether or not to include the third and/or fourth identification information in the control message may be determined by network capabilities, operator policy, or the like.
 例えば、AMFは、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報をUEに送信することで、UEが第1及び/又は第2の識別情報で示した要求を受諾したことを示してもよい。更にUE及び各装置は、本手続き中又は本手続きの完了後に、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを使用するための手続きを実行してもよく、後述のUEポリシー配信手続きを実行してもよい。 For example, the AMF may indicate that the UE has accepted the request indicated by the first and/or second identification information by transmitting the third and/or fourth identification information to the UE. Furthermore, the UE and each device may perform procedures for using the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN during or after completion of this procedure, and may perform the UE policy delivery procedure described below.
 ここで、例えば、第3の識別情報は、UEから受信した第1の識別情報が示す能力情報に対応する機能をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていることを示す能力情報であってよい。 Here, for example, the third identification information is capability information indicating that the new AMF 141 and/or the core network support the function corresponding to the capability information indicated by the first identification information received from the UE. good.
 更にAMFは、第3の識別情報を送信することで、UEが第1及び/又は第2の識別情報で示した要求を受諾したことを示してもよい。より詳しくは、例えば、AMFは、第3の識別情報をUEに送信することで、UEが第1及び/又は第2の識別情報で示した要求又は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をネットワーク又は各装置が受諾したことを示してもよい。言い換えると、第3の識別情報を受信したUEは、ネットワーク又は各装置が、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用を受諾したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may indicate that the UE has accepted the request indicated by the first and/or second identification information by transmitting the third identification information. More specifically, for example, the AMF sends the third identification information to the UE so that the UE indicates the request indicated by the first and/or second identification information or the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. The network or each device may indicate acceptance. In other words, the UE receiving the third identification information may recognize that the network or each device has accepted the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 また、例えば、new AMF141は、UEから第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、登録受諾メッセージである制御メッセージに第2の識別情報を制御メッセージに含めなかった場合においても、第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識している、及び/又はコアネットワークが第1の識別情報が示す能力に対応する機能をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていることをUEに示してもよい。 Also, for example, when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, even if the second identification information is not included in the control message, which is a registration acceptance message, The new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognizes the capability information of the UE indicated by the first identification information, and/or the new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognizes the function corresponding to the capability indicated by the first identification information. It may indicate to the UE that the network supports it.
 逆に、new AMF141が、登録メッセージである制御メッセージに、第3の識別情報を含めなかった場合、第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識していない、及び/又はコアネットワークが第1の識別情報が示す能力に対応する機能をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていないことをUEに示してもよい。 Conversely, if the new AMF 141 does not include the third identification information in the control message that is the registration message, the new AMF 141 and/or the core network do not recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information. , and/or the core network may indicate to the UE that the new AMF 141 and/or the core network do not support the functionality corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the first identification information.
 また、new AMF141は、UEから第1の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、第3の識別情報を制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、含めずに送信してもよい。 Also, if the new AMF 141 does not receive the first identification information from the UE, it may or may not include the third identification information in the control message and transmit it.
 ここで、第4の識別情報は、UEから受信した第2の識別情報が示すUEの要求内容に対応する応答であってよく、UEからの要求を許可することを示していてよい。例えば、AMFが、第2の識別情報が示すUEの要求を受諾又は許可する場合は、制御メッセージに第4の識別情報を含めてUEに送信してもよい。また、例えば、AMFが、第2の識別情報が示すUEの要求を受諾又は許可する場合、第4の識別情報のみを制御メッセージに含めてもよい。 Here, the fourth identification information may be a response corresponding to the content of the UE's request indicated by the second identification information received from the UE, and may indicate that the request from the UE is permitted. For example, if the AMF accepts or grants the UE's request indicated by the second identification, it may include the fourth identification in the control message and send it to the UE. Also, for example, when the AMF accepts or grants the request of the UE indicated by the second identification information, only the fourth identification information may be included in the control message.
 また、AMFはUEから第2の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、第4の識別情報を制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、含めずに送信してもよい。 Also, if the AMF does not receive the second identification information from the UE, it may include or not include the fourth identification information in the control message.
 更に、例えば、new AMFは、UEから第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含まない登録受諾メッセージである制御メッセージを送信することによって、コアネットワーク又はnew AMFは、UEから受信した第1及び/又は第2の識別情報が示す内容を受諾したことを示してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、UEから第1及び/又は、第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含まない登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEが第1及び/又は、第2の識別情報で要求した内容を受諾したことを示してもよい。 Further, for example, when the new AMF receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it sends a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. may indicate that the core network or new AMF has accepted the content indicated by the first and/or second identification information received from the UE. In other words, when the AMF receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, the UE sends a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. 1 and/or the second identification may indicate acceptance of the requested content.
 逆に、new AMFがUEから受信した第1及び/又は第2の識別情報が示す内容を拒絶する場合、登録拒絶メッセージをUEに送信することで、第1及び/又は第2の識別情報が示す内容又はUEの要求を拒絶したことを示してもよい。また、new AMFがUEに登録拒絶メッセージを送信する際に、拒絶の理由を示す理由値(cause value)を更に含めてもよい。ここで、例えば、拒絶の理由を示す理由値は、ネットワーク又は各装置が、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートしないことを示す理由地であってもよいし、これに限らない。 Conversely, if the new AMF rejects what the first and/or second identification information received from the UE indicates, by sending a registration rejection message to the UE, the first and/or second identification information is May indicate content or rejection of the UE's request. Also, when the new AMF sends the registration rejection message to the UE, it may further include a cause value indicating the reason for rejection. Here, for example, the reason value indicating the reason for refusal may or may not be a reason indicating that the network or each device does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 より具体的には、例えば、new AMF141は、UEから第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含まない登録受諾メッセージである制御メッセージを送信することによって、第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識している、及び/又はコアネットワークが第1の識別情報が示す能力に対応する機能をnew AMF及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていることをUEに示してもよい。尚、例えば、new AMFが登録拒絶メッセージをUEに送信した場合は、コアネットワークは、UEから受信した第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識していない又は認識できない、及び/又はコアネットワークが第1の識別情報が示す能力に対応する機能をnew AMF及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていないことをUEに示してもよい。 More specifically, for example, when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information By transmitting, the new AMF 141 and/or the core network recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information, and/or the core network has the function corresponding to the capability indicated by the first identification information. It may indicate to the UE that the new AMF and/or core network support it. Note that, for example, when the new AMF transmits a registration rejection message to the UE, the core network does not recognize the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information received from the UE, the new AMF 141 and/or the core network. or not, and/or the core network may indicate to the UE that the new AMF and/or the core network do not support the capabilities corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the first identification.
 また、例えば、new AMF141は、UEから第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含まない登録受諾メッセージである制御メッセージを送信することによって、第2の識別情報が示すUEの要求をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識している、及び/又はコアネットワークが第2の識別情報が示す要求に対応することをnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが受諾したことをUEに示してもよい。 Also, for example, when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it transmits a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. new AMF 141 and / or that the core network recognizes the request of the UE indicated by the second identification information and / or that the core network supports the request indicated by the second identification information by The core network may indicate acceptance to the UE.
 また、例えば、new AMF141は、UEから第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を受信した場合に、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を含まない登録受諾メッセージである制御メッセージを送信することによって、第1の識別情報が示すUEの能力情報、及び/又は第2の識別情報が示すUEの要求をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが認識している、及び/又はコアネットワークが第1の識別情報が示す能力に対応する機能をnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークがサポートしていることをUEに示す、及び/又はコアネットワークが第2の識別情報が示す要求に対応することをnew AMF141及び/又はコアネットワークが受諾したことをUEに示してもよい。 Also, for example, when the new AMF 141 receives the first and/or second identification information from the UE, it transmits a control message that is a registration acceptance message that does not include the third and/or fourth identification information. By, the new AMF 141 and / or the core network recognizes the UE capability information indicated by the first identification information and / or the UE request indicated by the second identification information, and / or the core network recognizes the first Indicate to the UE that the new AMF 141 and/or the core network support the capabilities corresponding to the capabilities indicated by the identification information, and/or that the core network supports the request indicated by the second identification information. / Or the core network may indicate acceptance to the UE.
 また、AMFは、制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、登録受諾メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を含めて送信するか、又は登録受諾メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を送信することができる。ただし、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージの中にSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が含められていた場合に、実行されてもよい。また、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が送信された場合に、実行されてもよい。AMFは、このような送信方法を行うことにより、登録手続きにおいて、SMのための手続きが受諾されたことを示すことができる。 Also, if the control message is a registration accept message, the AMF may send the registration accept message including an SM message (e.g., PDU session establishment accept message), or send an SM message (e.g., PDU session establishment accept message) together with the registration accept message. acknowledgment message) can be sent. However, this transmission method may be performed when an SM message (eg, a PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message. Also, this transmission method may be performed when an SM message (eg, a PDU session establishment request message) is transmitted along with the registration request message. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate in the registration procedure that the procedure for the SM has been accepted.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレーターポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することでUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。 In addition, the AMF receives each identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or Based on the context held by the AMF, etc., it may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted by sending a Registration Accept message, or indicate that the UE's request has been rejected by sending a Registration Reject message. may be indicated.
 UEは、5G AN(gNB)を介して、制御メッセージを受信する(S614)。制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。または、制御メッセージが登録拒絶メッセージである場合、UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。また、UEは、登録要求メッセージを送信した後、所定の期間が経過しても、制御メッセージを受信しない場合には、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。  The UE receives the control message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S614). If the control message is a registration acceptance message, the UE receives the registration acceptance message to recognize that the UE's request in the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information included in the registration acceptance message. can do. Or, if the control message is a registration rejection message, the UE receives the registration rejection message indicating that the UE's request in the registration request message is rejected, and the content of various identification information included in the registration rejection message. can be recognized. Also, the UE may recognize that the UE's request has been rejected if it does not receive the control message even after a predetermined period of time has elapsed after sending the registration request message.
 UEは、さらに、制御メッセージが登録受諾メッセージである場合、登録受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、登録完了メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信することができる(S618)。尚、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ等のSMメッセージを受信した場合は、登録完了メッセージに、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージ等のSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、SMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが完了したことを示してもよい。ここで、登録完了メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 Furthermore, if the control message is a registration acceptance message, the UE can transmit a registration complete message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S618). In addition, when the UE receives an SM message such as a PDU session establishment accept message, the UE may include an SM message such as a PDU session establishment complete message in the registration completion message, or may include the SM message. , may indicate that the procedure for SM is complete. Here, the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in an RRC message and sent and received between the UE and the 5G AN (gNB).
 次に、new AMFは、UEポリシーアソシエーション確立を実行する(S616)。ここで、new AMFは、「Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Request」をPCFに送信し、PCFは、「Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Response」をnew AMFに送信することで、UEポリシーアソシエーションが確立されてよい。  Next, the new AMF executes UE policy association establishment (S616). Here, the new AMF may send "Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Request" to the PCF, and the PCF may send "Npcf_UEPolicyControl Create Response" to the new AMF to establish the UE policy association.
 更に、PCFはUEポリシー配信手続きをトリガーしてもよい。UEポリシー配信手続きの詳細については、3.1.2.章に述べる。 In addition, the PCF may trigger UE policy delivery procedures. Details of the UE policy delivery procedure are described in section 3.1.2.
 AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録完了メッセージを受信する(S618)。また、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。  AMF receives the registration complete message via 5G AN (gNB) (S618). Also, each device completes this procedure based on transmission/reception of a registration acceptance message and/or a registration completion message.
 または、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、又は登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づいて、登録手続きを完了してもよい。尚、本手続き中で実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きは、登録手続きの完了後も継続していてもよいし、本手続き中で実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きの完了に基づいて登録手続きを完了してもよい。 Alternatively, each device may complete the registration procedure based on transmission/reception of a registration acceptance message or a registration rejection message. Note that the UE policy distribution procedure performed during this procedure may continue after the completion of the registration procedure, or the registration procedure may be completed based on the completion of the UE policy distribution procedure performed during this procedure. may
 尚、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state、又は5GMM-REGISTERED state)への遷移又は維持をしてもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づいて、UEが現在のPLMNに対して登録拒絶メッセージを受信したアクセス上でネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state、又は5GMM-DEREGISTERED state)への遷移又は維持をしてもよい。また、各装置の各状態への遷移は、登録完了メッセージの送受信または登録手続きの完了に基づいて行われてもよい。 Each device may transition to or maintain a state in which the UE is registered with the network (RM_REGISTERED state or 5GMM-REGISTERED state) based on transmission/reception of the registration acceptance message and/or the registration completion message. , based on the transmission and reception of the registration rejection message, the UE transitions to or maintains a state of not being registered with the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state or 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state) on the access for which the UE received the registration rejection message for the current PLMN. You may Also, transition to each state of each device may be performed based on transmission/reception of a registration completion message or completion of a registration procedure.
 さらに、各装置は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、コアネットワーク_Aや別のセルに対して登録手続きを実施してもよい。 Furthermore, each device may perform processing based on the information sent and received during the registration procedure upon completion of the registration procedure. For example, if information is sent or received indicating that some of the UE's requests were rejected, it may know why the UE's requests were rejected. Further, each device may perform this procedure again, or may perform the registration procedure for Core Network_A or another cell, based on the reason why the UE's request was rejected.
 さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, based on the completion of the registration procedure, the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and/or the registration rejection message, and may recognize the network's decision.
 例えば、UEは、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めて受信した場合、本手続き中又は本手続き後に実行される後述のUEポリシー配信手続きにおいてVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesが配信され、配信されるURSP rulesの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 For example, when the UE receives the third and/or fourth identification information in the registration acceptance message in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE receives the VPLMN in the UE policy delivery procedure described later during or after this procedure. It may recognize that URSP rules associated with are delivered and that use of the delivered URSP rules is permitted.
 さらに、例えば、UEは、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、第3及び/又は第4の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めて受信した場合、ネットワークが、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの配信をサポートしていることを認識してもよい。 Further, for example, when the UE receives the third and/or fourth identification information in the registration acceptance message in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the network supports delivery of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. You can recognize that there are
 尚、UEが、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、第3及び第4の識別情報の両方を含まない登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesが配信され、配信されるURSP rulesの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Note that if the UE receives a registration acceptance message that does not contain both the third and fourth identities in the registration procedure at the VPLMN, the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN are delivered and the use of the delivered URSP rules may recognize that is allowed.
 尚、UEが、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、第3及び第4の識別情報の両方を含まない登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、ネットワークが、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの配信をサポートしていないことを認識してもよい。 Note that if the UE receives a registration accept message that does not contain both the third and fourth identities in the registration procedure at the VPLMN, the network does not support delivery of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. may be recognized.
 [3.1.2. UEポリシー配信手続き]
 次に、UEポリシー配信手続きについて、図7を用いて説明する。ここで、UEポリシー配信手続きは、UEの設定を更新するためのPCFが主導する手続きであって、PCFによってUE透過的にポリシーを提供するための手続きであってよい。ここで、透過的とは、PCFが送信したUEポリシーは、AMFで変更されず、透過コンテナ(transparent container)を使用してUEに配信されることを意味する。また、本手続きで配信されるUEポリシーは、URSP rulesであってよく、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules又は、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesがあってよい。
[3.1.2. UE policy delivery procedure]
Next, the UE policy distribution procedure will be explained using FIG. Here, the UE policy delivery procedure is a PCF-initiated procedure for updating the configuration of the UE, and may be a procedure for providing the policy transparently to the UE by the PCF. Here transparent means that the UE policy sent by the PCF is not modified by the AMF and delivered to the UE using a transparent container. In addition, the UE policy distributed in this procedure may be URSP rules, and there may be URSP rules associated with HPLMN or URSP rules associated with VPLMN.
 尚、UEポリシー配信手続きは、UEポリシー配信のためのUE設定更新手続き(UE Configuration Update procedure for transparent UE Policy delivery)であってよい。以下、UEポリシー配信手続きを本手続きとも称する。尚、本手続きは、AMFによるPCF選択(S610)及び、AMポリシーアソシエーション確立/変更(S612)の完了後に実行が可能な手続きであってよい。  The UE policy delivery procedure may be a UE Configuration Update procedure for transparent UE Policy delivery. Hereinafter, the UE policy distribution procedure is also referred to as this procedure. Note that this procedure may be a procedure that can be executed after the PCF selection by the AMF (S610) and the AM policy association establishment/change (S612) are completed.
 また、本手続きは、ネットワーク要求のUEポリシー管理手続き(Network-requested UE policy management procedure)であってもよく、PCFがUEポリシー情報を含む「Manage UE policy command」をUEに送信する手続きであってもよい。ここで、「Manage UE policy command」は、DL NASトランスポートメッセージとして、UEに送信されるメッセージであってよい。尚、ネットワーク要求のUEポリシー管理手続きの詳細手順は、UEポリシー配信のためのUE設定更新手続きの手順と同等であってよい。 This procedure may also be a network-requested UE policy management procedure, in which the PCF sends a "Manage UE policy command" containing UE policy information to the UE. good too. Here, "Manage UE policy command" may be a message sent to the UE as a DL NAS transport message. It should be noted that the detailed procedure of the UE policy management procedure for network requests may be the same as the procedure of the UE configuration update procedure for UE policy delivery.
 また、本手続きは、登録手続き中、又は登録手続きの完了後の任意のタイミングで実行される手続きであってよい。ここで、本手続きを登録手続き中に実行する場合は、前述のUEポリシーアソシエーション確立(S616)において、PCFがトリガーすることで開始される手続きであってよい。 In addition, this procedure may be a procedure that is executed at any time during the registration procedure or after the completion of the registration procedure. Here, when this procedure is executed during the registration procedure, it may be a procedure that is started by being triggered by the PCF in the aforementioned UE policy association establishment (S616).
 また、本手続きは、UEがローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNへの登録手続きを実行中、又はVPLMNへの登録手続きを完了している場合に実行される手続きであってもよい。ここで、VPLMNに在圏しているUEに配信されるUEポリシーは、V-PCFが生成し、配信するVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesであってよい。 Also, this procedure may be a procedure that is executed when the UE is performing registration procedures with the VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network, or has completed the registration procedures with the VPLMN. Here, the UE policy delivered to the UE visiting the VPLMN may be the URSP rules generated by the V-PCF and associated with the delivered VPLMN.
 更に、本手続きは、UEがHPLMN又は、ローミング先のネットワークであるVPLMNに登録又は接続している状態で実行されてもよい。より具体的には、本手続きは、UEがHPLMNへのVPLMNへの登録手続き中に実行されてもよいし、HPLMN又はVPLMNへの登録手続きの完了後に任意のタイミングで、ネットワーク又はPCFが主導し、開始する手続きであってもよい。尚、本手続きがVPLMNにおいて実行される場合のPCFは、V-PCFであってもよい。 Furthermore, this procedure may be executed while the UE is registered with or connected to the HPLMN or VPLMN, which is the roaming destination network. More specifically, this procedure may be performed by the UE during the VPLMN registration procedure to the HPLMN, or at any time after the completion of the HPLMN or VPLMN registration procedure, initiated by the network or PCF. , may be a procedure to initiate. Note that the PCF may be the V-PCF when this procedure is executed in the VPLMN.
 本手続きでは、まずPCFが、UEポリシーの更新を決定(S700)する。ここで、PCFによるUEポリシー更新の決定は、登録手続き又は、UEポリシー更新の必要性、等に基づいてよい。言い換えると、PCFは、登録手続き中に本手続きを実行してもよいし、登録手続きの完了後に、UEポリシーの更新が必要となった任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行してもよい。尚、ここで、登録手続きは、初期登録手続き(initial registration)であってもよい。 In this procedure, the PCF first decides to update the UE policy (S700). Here, the PCF's decision to update the UE policy may be based on the registration procedure, the need for the UE policy update, or the like. In other words, the PCF may perform this procedure during the registration procedure, or after the completion of the registration procedure, at any time the UE policy needs to be updated. Here, the registration procedure may be an initial registration procedure.
 より具体的には、例えば、登録手続き中に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きにおける、PCFによるUEポリシー更新の決定は、3.1.1.章で述べたS616の手順において、New AMF(AMF)がPCFに送信するメッセージであるNpcf_UEPolicyControl_Create Requestに含まれる、UEポリシー情報に含まれるPSI(policy section identifier)リストの比較により、UEポリシー情報を更新し、DL NAS TRANSPORTメッセージを用いてAMFを介してUEに供給しなければならないかの判断に基づいてよい。 More specifically, for example, the determination of UE policy update by PCF in the UE policy distribution procedure performed during the registration procedure is performed by New AMF (AMF) in PCF in the procedure of S616 described in Section 3.1.1. Update the UE policy information by comparing the PSI (policy section identifier) list contained in the UE policy information contained in the Npcf_UEPolicyControl_Create Request, which is a message sent to It may be based on the judgment of whether it must be done.
 または、例えば、ネットワークが主導するネットワークが主導して任意のタイミングで実行するUEポリシー配信手続きにおけるPCFによるUEポリシー更新の決定は、PCFはPSIの最新リストをチェックし、UEに送信する必要があるUE ポリシーを決定することに基づいてもよい。 Or, for example, the determination of UE policy update by the PCF in a network-initiated network-initiated UE policy delivery procedure to be performed at any time, the PCF needs to check the latest list of PSIs and send them to the UE. May be based on determining UE policy.
 次に、UEポリシーの更新を決定したPCFは、AMサービス通信メッセージ転送サービスを用いてAMFにメッセージを送信する(S702)。ここで、PCFからAMFに送信されるメッセージは、より具体的には、AMFが提供する「Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer」サービスオペレーションをPCFが実行することで送信されてもよい。更に、PCFからAMFに送信されるメッセージは、SUPI、UEポリシーコンテナを含んでいてもよい。  Next, the PCF that has decided to update the UE policy sends a message to the AMF using the AM service communication message transfer service (S702). Here, more specifically, the message sent from the PCF to the AMF may be sent by the PCF executing the "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer" service operation provided by the AMF. Further, the message sent from PCF to AMF may contain SUPI, UE policy container.
 尚、ここで、PCFがUEポリシー情報のサイズが事前に定義された制限を超えていることを確認した場合、PCFは当該制限未満のサイズで論理的に独立したUEポリシーに分割し、「Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer」サービスオペレーションを複数回実行して送信してもよい。 Note that here, if the PCF finds that the size of the UE policy information exceeds a predefined limit, the PCF will divide it into logically independent UE policies with a size less than the limit and call "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer ” service operation may be performed and sent multiple times.
 ここで、S702でPCFからAMFに送信されるUEポリシーは、URSP rulesであってよい。より具体的には、例えば、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、UEが登録要求メッセージに第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を含めてネットワークに送信し、これらの1以上の識別情報が示す内容がネットワークに受諾され、登録手続きが完了した場合、S702でV-PCFから(V-)AMFに送信されるUEポリシーは、V-PCFが生成したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesであってよい。  Here, the UE policy sent from the PCF to the AMF in S702 may be URSP rules. More specifically, for example, in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE includes the first and / or second identification information in the registration request message and transmits it to the network, and the content indicated by the one or more identification information is transmitted to the network. and the registration procedure is completed, the UE policy sent from the V-PCF to the (V-)AMF at S702 may be the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN generated by the V-PCF.
 次に、「Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer」サービスオペレーションによってPCFから送信されたメッセージを受信(S702)したAMFは、ネットワークトリガのサービスリクエストを実行する(S704)。尚、ネットワークトリガのサービスリクエストは、ネットワーク又はAMFが主導するサービス要求手続きであってよく、UEが登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)かつ、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)の場合に実行されてよい。言い換えると、UEが、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)かつ、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)である場合は、ネットワークトリガのサービスリクエスト(S704)は、実行されなくてもよい。  Next, the AMF that received the message sent from the PCF by the "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer" service operation (S702) executes a network-triggered service request (S704). Note that the network-triggered service request may be a service request procedure initiated by the network or AMF, and is executed when the UE is in the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) and the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state). good. In other words, when the UE is in the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) and the connected state (CM-CONNECTED state), the network-triggered service request (S704) may not be executed.
 S702及び/又はS703を完了したAMFは、UEポリシーの配信を実行する(S706)。ここで、UEポリシーの配信は、AMFが、UEポリシー情報を含むDL NASトランスポート(DL NAS transport)メッセージをUEに送信することであってよい。尚、ここで、DL NASトランスポートメッセージに含めるUEポリシーは、URSP rulesであってよい。 After completing S702 and/or S703, the AMF performs UE policy distribution (S706). Here, the UE policy delivery may be AMF sending a DL NAS transport message containing UE policy information to the UE. Here, the UE policy included in the DL NAS transport message may be URSP rules.
 さらに、UEがVPLMNでの登録手続きにおいて、第1及び/又は第2の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めて送信し、ネットワークに第1及び/又は第2の識別情報の内容が受諾されている場合、S706で受信するURSP rulesは、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesであってよい。 Further, the UE transmits the first and/or second identification information in a registration request message in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, and the content of the first and/or second identification information is accepted by the network. If so, the URSP rules received at S706 may be the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN.
 また、S706においてUEが、ネットワークからURSP rulesを受信する前に、UEは予めURSP rulesを記憶していてもよい。より具体的には、UEは、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules及び/又はVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを記憶していてよい。更に、S706においてUEが、ネットワークからURSP rulesを受信した場合、受信したURSPが関連付けられたPLMN毎に記憶、更新又は置き換え、削除等の管理を行ってもよい。また、UEは、URSP rulesをPLMN毎に記憶、管理していてもよい。言い換えると、例えば、UEは、VPLMN又はHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを独立して記憶し、管理していてもよい。 Also, before the UE receives the URSP rules from the network in S706, the UE may store the URSP rules in advance. More specifically, the UE may store URSP rules associated with HPLMN and/or URSP rules associated with VPLMN. Furthermore, when the UE receives URSP rules from the network in S706, it may manage storage, update, replacement, deletion, etc. for each PLMN associated with the received URSP. Also, the UE may store and manage URSP rules for each PLMN. In other words, for example, the UE may independently store and manage the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN or HPLMN.
 ここで、UEがURSP rulesを削除する場合は、S706においてUEがネットワークから受信したURSP rulesが空(「empty」又は「0」)であった場合であってよく、空となるURSP rulesは、PLMN毎であってもよい。言い換えると、特定のPLMNのURSP rulesが空であった場合、かつUEが当該PLMNに対応するURSP rulesを既に記憶している場合、UEは対応するURSP rulesを削除してもよい。言い換えると、UEに記憶されているURSP rulesを削除する場合に、PCFはURSP rulesの生成において、削除対象となるPLMNに対応するURSP rulesを空のとしてもよい。 Here, when the UE deletes the URSP rules, the URSP rules received by the UE from the network in S706 may be empty ("empty" or "0"). It may be per PLMN. In other words, if the URSP rules for a particular PLMN are empty, and the UE has already stored the URSP rules corresponding to that PLMN, the UE may delete the corresponding URSP rules. In other words, when deleting the URSP rules stored in the UE, the PCF may nullify the URSP rules corresponding to the PLMN to be deleted in generating the URSP rules.
 ここで、S706においてURSP rulesをPCFからAMFを介して受信したUEの挙動として、以下があってよい。 Here, the behavior of the UE that received the URSP rules from the PCF via the AMF in S706 may be as follows.
 例えば、UEは、VPLMNにおいて、第1及び第2の識別情報を含む登録要求メッセージをネットワークに送信して登録手続きを完了した場合、登録手続き中又は登録手続完了後のUEポリシー配信手続きのS706において受信したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを当該VPLMNに関連付けて記憶してもよい。更に、UEは、別の登録手続き中又は登録手続きの完了後に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きのS706において同じVPLMNに関連付けられた新たなURSP rulesを受信した場合、既に記憶しているVPLMNに関連付けられた古いURSP rulesを新たなURSP rulesに更新又は置き換えてもよい。更に、別の登録手続き中又は登録手続きの完了後に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きのS706において同じVPLMNに関連付けられた空のURSP rulesを受信した場合は、既に記憶しているVPLMNに関連付けられた古いURSP rulesを削除してもよい。 For example, if the UE completes the registration procedure by sending a registration request message including the first and second identification information to the network in the VPLMN, then in S706 of the UE policy delivery procedure during the registration procedure or after the completion of the registration procedure The URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN may be associated with the VPLMN and stored. Furthermore, if the UE receives new URSP rules associated with the same VPLMN during another registration procedure or at S706 of the UE policy delivery procedure performed after the completion of the registration procedure, the UE will be associated with the VPLMN already stored. The old URSP rules may be updated or replaced with the new URSP rules. Furthermore, if empty URSP rules associated with the same VPLMN are received in S706 of the UE policy delivery procedure performed during another registration procedure or after completion of the registration procedure, the old URSP rules associated with the already remembered VPLMN URSP Rules may be deleted.
 また、例えば、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを既に記憶し、VPLMNに接続するUEが、登録手続き中又は登録手続きの完了後に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きのS706においてVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを受信した場合、既に記憶しているHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを削除せず、受信したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを記憶してもよい。 Also, for example, a UE that has already memorized the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN and connects to the VPLMN may use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN in S706 of the UE policy distribution procedure that is performed during the registration procedure or after the registration procedure is completed. If received, the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN may be stored without deleting the URSP rules associated with the already stored HPLMN.
 また、例えば、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをサポートしないUEが、登録手続き中又は登録手続きの完了後に実行されるUEポリシー配信手続きのS706においてVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを受信した場合、UEは、受信したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを記憶しなくてもよい、又は受信したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを無視してもよい。 Also, for example, if a UE that does not support the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN receives the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN at S706 of the UE policy delivery procedure performed during the registration procedure or after completing the registration procedure, the UE may , may not store the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN, or may ignore the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN.
 尚、S706においてURSP rulesをPCFからAMFを介して受信したUEの挙動はこれらに限らない。  In addition, the behavior of the UE that received the URSP rules from the PCF via the AMF in S706 is not limited to these.
 PCFからAMFを介してUEポリシーを受信したUEは、UEポリシーを更新し、UEポリシーの配信結果をAMFに送信する(S708)。 Upon receiving the UE policy from the PCF via the AMF, the UE updates the UE policy and transmits the UE policy distribution result to the AMF (S708).
 UEからUEポリシーの配信結果を受信したAMFは、AMFサービス通信メッセージ通知サービスを用いてメッセージをPCFに送信する(S710)。ここで、AMFからPCFに送信されるメッセージは、より具体的には、AMFがUEから受信したUEポリシーコンテナを「Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify」サービスオペレーションを用いて転送される。尚、S710は、PCFがUEポリシーコンテナの受信通知を受信するようサブスクライブした場合に実行されてよい。 Upon receiving the UE policy delivery result from the UE, the AMF uses the AMF service communication message notification service to send a message to the PCF (S710). Here, the message sent from the AMF to the PCF, more specifically, the UE policy container received by the AMF from the UE is transferred using the "Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify" service operation. Note that S710 may be executed when the PCF has subscribed to receive acknowledgment of the UE policy container.
 更に、PCFは、本手続きでUEに配信されたPSIの最新リストを維持、記憶し、Nudr_DM_Update (SUPI, Policy Data, Policy Set Entry, updated PSI data) サービスオペレーションを用いて、UDR 内のPSIの最新リストを更新します。 In addition, the PCF maintains and stores the latest list of PSI delivered to the UE in this procedure, and uses the Nudr_DM_Update (SUPI, Policy Data, Policy Set Entry, updated PSI data) service operation to update the latest PSI in the UDR. Update the list.
 [3.2. 第1の実施形態]
 本発明における第1の実施形態は、UEがVPLMNへの登録手続きにおいて、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用のサポート及び/又は要求を示さなかった場合に、当該登録手続き中又は完了後、ネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置が、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをUEに送信した際の、UEの挙動に関する実施形態である。尚、第1の実施形態は、本章において、本実施形態とも称する。
[3.2. First Embodiment]
In the first embodiment of the present invention, if the UE does not indicate support and / or request for use of URSP rules associated with VPLMN in the registration procedure to VPLMN, during or after the registration procedure, the network Or, it is an embodiment related to the behavior of the UE when each device in the network sends the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to the UE. Note that the first embodiment is also referred to as the present embodiment in this chapter.
 ここで、UEがVPLMNへの登録手続きにおいて、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用のサポート及び/又は要求を示さなかった場合とは、UEが第1及び第2の識別情報のいずれも含まない登録要求メッセージをネットワーク(VPLMN)に送信することであってよい。言い換えると、UEは、ネットワーク(VPLMN)に対してVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用のサポートも、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用の要求も行わず、登録手続き及び、VPLMNへの登録手続きを実行することであってよい。 Here, the UE does not include any of the first and second identities if the UE did not indicate in its registration procedure with the VPLMN that it supports and/or requires the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN. It may be to send a registration request message to the network (VPLMN). In other words, the UE neither supports the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN nor requests the use of the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN to the network (VPLMN), and performs the registration procedure and the registration procedure with the VPLMN. may be performed.
 また、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、第1の識別情報と第2の識別情報のいずれも含まない登録要求メッセージを送信したUEは、PLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用をサポートしないUEであってよい。 Also, in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, a UE that has sent a registration request message that does not contain either the first identification information or the second identification information may be a UE that does not support the use of URSP rules associated with the PLMN. .
 本実施形態は、より具体的には、例えば、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、UEが第1の識別情報と第2の識別情報のいずれも含まない登録要求メッセージをネットワークに送信し、ネットワークがUEに登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、登録手続きを完了した場合であってよい。 More specifically, for example, in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE transmits a registration request message that does not include the first identification information and the second identification information to the network, and the network sends the UE It may be the case that the registration procedure is completed by transmitting the registration acceptance message.
 当該登録手続き中又は完了後のUEポリシー配信手続きにおいて、UEが、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを受信した場合、UEポリシー配信の結果(S708)として、UEポリシー配信が失敗したことを示すメッセージをAMFに送信してもよい。更に、UEは受信したVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを記憶しなくてもよい。 During the registration procedure or in the UE policy delivery procedure after completion, if the UE receives the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, the UE policy delivery result (S708) will be a message indicating that the UE policy delivery has failed. May be sent to AMF. Furthermore, the UE may not remember the URSP rules associated with the received VPLMN.
 [3.3. 第2の実施形態]
 本発明における第2の実施形態は、VPLMNへの登録手続きにおいて、UEがVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesの使用のサポート及び/又は要求を示し、該登録手続き中又は完了後、ネットワーク又はネットワークの各装置が、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules及びHPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesをUEに送信した際の、UEの挙動に関する実施形態である。尚、第2の実施形態は、本章において、本実施形態とも称する。
[3.3. Second embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention indicates that the UE, in the registration procedure to the VPLMN, supports and/or requires the use of URSP rules associated with the VPLMN, and during or after the registration procedure, the network or each of the networks. It is an embodiment regarding the behavior of the UE when the device sends the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN and the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN to the UE. The second embodiment is also referred to as the present embodiment in this chapter.
 言い換えると、本実施形態は、VPLMNにおける登録手続きにおいて、UEが第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報を含む登録要求メッセージをネットワークに送信し、ネットワークがUEに登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、登録手続きを完了した場合であってよい。 In other words, in the registration procedure in the VPLMN, the UE sends a registration request message containing the first identification and/or the second identification to the network, and the network sends a registration acceptance message to the UE. This may be the case when the registration procedure is completed.
 当該登録手続き中又は完了後のUEポリシー配信手続きにおいて、HPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rules 及び、VPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを受信した場合、UEは受信したURSP rulesをPLMN毎に記憶してもよい。更にUEは、在圏するPLMNであるVPLMNに関連付けられたURSP rulesを優先して使用してもよい。 If the URSP rules associated with the HPLMN and the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN are received during the registration procedure or in the UE policy delivery procedure after completion, the UE may store the received URSP rules for each PLMN. . Furthermore, the UE may preferentially use the URSP rules associated with the VPLMN that is the visiting PLMN.
 [4. 変形例]
 本発明に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであってもよい。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。
[4. Modification]
The program that runs on the device according to the present invention may be a program that controls a central processing unit (CPU) or the like to make a computer function so as to implement the functions of the embodiments according to the present invention. Programs or information handled by the programs are temporarily stored in volatile memory such as random access memory (RAM), nonvolatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drives (HDD), or other storage systems.
 尚、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現する為のプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録してもよい。この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行する事によって実現してもよい。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体、短時間動的にプログラムを保持する媒体、あるいはコンピュータが読み取り可能なその他の記録媒体であってもよい。 A program for realizing the functions of the embodiments related to the present invention may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by causing a computer system to read and execute the program recorded on this recording medium. The "computer system" here is a computer system built into the device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices. In addition, "computer-readable recording medium" means a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically retains a program for a short period of time, or any other computer-readable recording medium. good too.
 また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、たとえば、集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサでもよいし、従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであってもよい。前述した電気回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、本発明の一又は複数の態様は当該技術による新たな集積回路を用いる事も可能である。 Also, each functional block or features of the apparatus used in the above-described embodiments may be implemented or performed in an electrical circuit, eg, an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits. Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit, or may be composed of an analog circuit. In addition, in the event that advances in semiconductor technology lead to the emergence of integrated circuit technology that can replace current integrated circuits, one or more aspects of the present invention can use new integrated circuits based on this technology.
 なお、本願発明は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の1例を記載したが、本願発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器等の端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。 It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments. In the embodiments, an example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and stationary or non-movable electronic equipment installed indoors and outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment , cleaning/washing equipment, air-conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, other household equipment, and other terminal equipment or communication equipment.
 以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。
(関連出願の相互参照)
 本出願は、2022年2月16日に出願された日本国特許出願:特願2022-022068に対して優先権の利益を主張するものであり、それを参照することにより、その内容の全てが本書に含まれる。
Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to this embodiment, and design changes and the like are included within the scope of the present invention. In addition, the present invention can be modified in various ways within the scope of the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. be Moreover, it is an element described in each said embodiment, and the structure which replaced the element with which the same effect is produced is also included.
(Cross reference to related applications)
This application claims the benefit of priority to Japanese Patent Application: Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-022068 filed on February 16, 2022, and by referring to it, all of its contents are Included in this document.
1 移動通信システム
10 UE_A
30 PGW-U
32 PGW-C
35 SGW
40 MME
45 eNB
50 HSS
60 PCRF
80 アクセスネットワーク_A(E-UTRAN)
90 コアネットワーク_A
120 アクセスネットワーク_B(5G AN)
122 gNB
130 UPF
132 SMF
140 AMF
141 new AMF
142 old AMF
150 UDM
160 PCF
190 コアネットワーク_B
1 Mobile communication system
10 UE_A
30 PGW-U
32PGW-C
35 SGW
40 MMEs
45 eNB
50 HSS
60 PCRF
80 Access Network_A (E-UTRAN)
90 Core Network_A
120 Access Network_B (5G AN)
122 gNB
130 UPF
132 SMF
140AMF
141 new AMF
142 old AMF
150UDM
160PCF
190 Core Network_B

Claims (1)

  1.  送受信部と記憶部と制御部とを備えるUE(User Equipment)であって、
     前記記憶部は、第1のURSP rulesを記憶し、
      前記第1のURSP(UE Route Selection Policy) rulesは、HPLMN(Home Public Land Mobile Network)と関連付けられたURSP rulesであり、
     前記送受信部は、登録手続き中に開始されるURSP rulesを受信するための手続きにおいて、第2のURSP rulesを受信し、
     前記第2のURSP rulesは、VPLMN(Visited Public Land Mobile Network)と関連付けられたURSP rulesであり、
     前記制御部は、前記記憶部に、前記第1のURSP rulesを削除せず、前記第2のURSP rulesを記憶する、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    A UE (User Equipment) comprising a transmitting/receiving unit, a storage unit, and a control unit,
    The storage unit stores first URSP rules,
    The first URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) rules are URSP rules associated with HPLMN (Home Public Land Mobile Network),
    The transmitting/receiving unit receives the second URSP rules in the procedure for receiving URSP rules started during the registration procedure,
    The second URSP rules are URSP rules associated with VPLMN (Visited Public Land Mobile Network),
    The control unit stores the second URSP rules in the storage unit without deleting the first URSP rules.
    A UE characterized by:
PCT/JP2022/048106 2022-02-16 2022-12-27 User equipment (ue) WO2023157485A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022022068 2022-02-16
JP2022-022068 2022-02-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023157485A1 true WO2023157485A1 (en) 2023-08-24

Family

ID=87577972

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/048106 WO2023157485A1 (en) 2022-02-16 2022-12-27 User equipment (ue)

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023157485A1 (en)

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OPPO, VIVO, CATT, CAICT, CHINA UNICOM: "A possible method to reduce distribution load of URSP rules", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1811771 A POSSIBLE METHOD TO REDUCE DISTRIBUTION LOAD OF URSP RULES, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. West Palm Beach, U.S.A; 20181126 - 20181130, 20 November 2018 (2018-11-20), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051498537 *
SAMSUNG: "Key Issue: VPLMN URSP rules in roaming", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2200731, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. e-meeting; 20220214 - 20220225, 28 January 2022 (2022-01-28), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052124932 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021205955A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
WO2021241114A1 (en) User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf)
WO2021215228A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and access and mobility management function (amf)
WO2022097703A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method performed by ue
WO2021132288A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2022004699A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method for ue
WO2021132502A1 (en) Ue, control device, and communication control method
JP2021166360A (en) UE (User Equipment)
WO2023157485A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023157486A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023157484A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022030474A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2022004700A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
WO2022097702A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method executed by ue
WO2021215227A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2022097701A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method performed by ue
WO2022030473A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2021132287A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2022059627A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023013283A1 (en) User equipment (ue), and communication control method executed by ue
WO2023248883A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023112771A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022215697A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method executed by ue
WO2023140150A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022215698A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method executed by ue

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22927367

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024501004

Country of ref document: JP